TW202302718A - Optical laminate and flexible display device - Google Patents

Optical laminate and flexible display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202302718A
TW202302718A TW111113277A TW111113277A TW202302718A TW 202302718 A TW202302718 A TW 202302718A TW 111113277 A TW111113277 A TW 111113277A TW 111113277 A TW111113277 A TW 111113277A TW 202302718 A TW202302718 A TW 202302718A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
formula
group
polyimide
optical laminate
film
Prior art date
Application number
TW111113277A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
片波嵐
申在賢
宮本皓史
Original Assignee
日商住友化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商住友化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商住友化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202302718A publication Critical patent/TW202302718A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/046Forming abrasion-resistant coatings; Forming surface-hardening coatings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/0427Coating with only one layer of a composition containing a polymer binder
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/14Polyamide-imides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D175/00Coating compositions based on polyureas or polyurethanes; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09D175/04Polyurethanes
    • C09D175/14Polyurethanes having carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D4/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, based on organic non-macromolecular compounds having at least one polymerisable carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond ; Coating compositions, based on monomers of macromolecular compounds of groups C09D183/00 - C09D183/16
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/60Additives non-macromolecular
    • C09D7/61Additives non-macromolecular inorganic
    • C09D7/62Additives non-macromolecular inorganic modified by treatment with other compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/04Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • G09F9/301Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements flexible foldable or roll-able electronic displays, e.g. thin LCD, OLED
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2379/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08J2361/00 - C08J2377/00
    • C08J2379/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08J2379/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2475/00Characterised by the use of polyureas or polyurethanes; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2475/04Polyurethanes
    • C08J2475/14Polyurethanes having carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/34Silicon-containing compounds
    • C08K3/36Silica

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)

Abstract

An object of the present invention is to provide an optical laminate whose surface does not dent from contact with an external factor. The solution of the present invention to the above object is an optical laminate which includes a substrate layer made of a polyimide-based resin film and a functional layer containing a cured product of a curable resin, and has a yield stress of 100 MPa or more at a tensile speed of 100 mm/min.

Description

光學積層體及可撓性顯示裝置 Optical laminate and flexible display device

本發明係關於一種光學積層體,其係包含由聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜所構成之基材層、及包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層,以及具備該光學積層體之可撓性顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to an optical laminate comprising a substrate layer made of a polyimide resin film, a functional layer comprising a cured product of a curable resin, and a flexible display provided with the optical laminate device.

以往太陽電池或影像顯示裝置等表示構件之前面板係使用玻璃。 Conventionally, glass has been used for front panels of display members such as solar cells and image display devices.

但是,玻璃並非具有充分對應於近年來之小型化、薄型化、輕量化及可撓性化的要求之特性者,而探討作為玻璃之替代材料的各種膜。這樣的膜例如有聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜(例如日本特開2008-12675號公報、日本特開2020-64236號公報、國際公開第2014/046180號等)。 However, glass does not have characteristics sufficient to meet recent demands for miniaturization, thinning, weight reduction, and flexibility, and various films are being considered as substitute materials for glass. Such a film includes, for example, a polyimide-based resin film (for example, JP-A-2008-12675, JP-A-2020-64236, WO2014/046180, etc.).

可撓性顯示裝置等可撓性電子裝置中,使用作為前面板之聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜表面有可能與例如觸控筆等外在因素接觸,故對於前面板係要求不容易因與外在因素接觸而於表面產生凹陷、及凹陷表面的復原等。 但是,以往之光學膜或光學積層體對於此種凹陷現象的抗性難謂充分。因此,本發明的課題為提供不容易因與外在因素接觸而於表面產生凹陷之光學積層體。 In flexible electronic devices such as flexible display devices, the surface of the polyimide resin film used as the front panel may be in contact with external factors such as a stylus, so the requirements for the front panel system are not easy to be affected by external factors. Depression occurs on the surface due to contact with factors, and the recovery of the concave surface, etc. However, conventional optical films or optical laminates are not sufficiently resistant to such a dishing phenomenon. Therefore, the object of the present invention is to provide an optical layered body that does not easily cause depressions on the surface due to contact with external factors.

本發明人等為了解決上述課題而深入探討,結果發現藉由一種光學積層體可解決上述課題,從而完成本發明;該光學積層體係包含由聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜所構成之基材層、及包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層,且滿足特定物性值。 The inventors of the present invention conducted intensive studies to solve the above-mentioned problems, and found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by an optical layered body, thereby completing the present invention. The optical layered system includes a substrate layer made of a polyimide-based resin film, and a functional layer comprising a cured product of a curable resin, and satisfying specific physical property values.

亦即,本發明包括以下態樣。 That is, the present invention includes the following aspects.

〔1〕一種光學積層體,其係包含由聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜所構成之基材層、及包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層,且前述光學積層體之拉伸速度為100mm/分鐘時的降伏應力為100MPa以上。 [1] An optical laminate comprising a substrate layer made of a polyimide resin film and a functional layer comprising a cured product of a curable resin, and the tensile speed of the optical laminate is 100mm/ The yield stress in minutes is 100 MPa or more.

〔2〕如〔1〕所述之光學積層體,其中,前述聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之拉伸速度為0.1m/秒時的降伏應力為200MPa以上。 [2] The optical laminate according to [1], wherein the polyimide-based resin film has a yield stress of 200 MPa or more at a stretching speed of 0.1 m/sec.

〔3〕如〔1〕或〔2〕所述之光學積層體,其具有15至120μm之厚度,且以R=1.5mm測定之耐彎曲次數為20萬次以上。 [3] The optical layered product according to [1] or [2], which has a thickness of 15 to 120 μm and a bending resistance of 200,000 or more as measured at R=1.5 mm.

〔4〕如〔1〕至〔3〕中任一項所述之光學積層體,其中,使用壓縮彈性模數為3.0GPa且具有直徑0.7mm的前端之輔助具(jig,又稱治具)而以荷重200g測定時之永久凹陷深度為0.5μm以下。 [4] The optical laminate according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein a jig having a compressive modulus of elasticity of 3.0 GPa and a tip with a diameter of 0.7 mm is used And the depth of permanent depression when measured with a load of 200g is 0.5μm or less.

〔5〕如〔1〕至〔3〕中任一項所述之光學積層體,其中,使用壓縮彈性模數為1.0GPa且具有直徑0.7mm的前端之輔助具而以荷重1000g測定時之永久凹陷深度為0.5μm以下。 [5] The optical laminate according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the permanent property when measured under a load of 1000 g is used using an auxiliary device having a compressive modulus of elasticity of 1.0 GPa and a tip having a diameter of 0.7 mm. The depression depth is 0.5 μm or less.

〔6〕如〔1〕至〔5〕中任一項所述之光學積層體,其中,功能層側的面之鉛筆硬度為H以上。 [6] The optical laminate according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the surface on the functional layer side has a pencil hardness of H or more.

〔7〕如〔1〕至〔6〕中任一項所述之光學積層體,其中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜含有聚醯亞胺系樹脂,前述聚醯亞胺系樹脂包含式(1)所示結構單元,且式(1)中之Y包含式(3)所示之結構, [7] The optical laminate according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the polyimide resin film contains a polyimide resin, and the polyimide resin contains the formula (1 ), and Y in formula (1) includes the structure shown in formula (3),

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0003-1
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0003-1

[式(1)中,X表示2價有機基,Y表示4價有機基,*表示鍵結鍵], [In the formula (1), X represents a divalent organic group, Y represents a tetravalent organic group, and * represents a bonding bond],

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0003-2
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0003-2

[式(3)中,R1互相獨立地表示鹵原子、可具有鹵原子之烷基、烷氧基、芳基、或芳氧基,R2至R5互相獨立地表示氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之一價烴基,m互相獨立地表示0至3之整數,n表示1至4之整數,*表示鍵結鍵,但具有R2至R5之至少1個苯環中,R2至R5中的至少3個為可具有鹵原子之一價烴基]。 [In formula (3), R 1 independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group that may have a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aryloxy group, and R 2 to R 5 independently represent a hydrogen atom, or may have A valent hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom, m independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, * represents a bond, but in at least one benzene ring having R2 to R5 , R2 At least 3 of R 5 are 1-valent hydrocarbon groups which may have a halogen atom].

〔8〕一種可撓性顯示裝置,係具備〔1〕至〔7〕中任一項所述之光學積層體。 [8] A flexible display device comprising the optical laminate according to any one of [1] to [7].

〔9〕如〔8〕所述之可撓性顯示裝置,其更具備觸控感應器。 [9] The flexible display device according to [8], further comprising a touch sensor.

〔10〕如〔8〕或〔9〕所述之可撓性顯示裝置,其更具備偏光板。 [10] The flexible display device according to [8] or [9], further comprising a polarizing plate.

根據本發明之光學積層體,可提供不容易因與外在因素接觸而於表面產生凹陷之光學積層體。 According to the optical layered body of the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical layered body that is less likely to be dented on the surface due to contact with external factors.

以下詳細說明本發明之實施型態。又,本發明之範圍並不限定於在此說明之實施型態,可在不超出本發明主旨之範圍內實施各種變更。又,對於特定參數記載複數個上限值及下限值時,可將該等上限值及下限值中的任意上限值及下限值予以組合並作為適合數值範圍。又,本說明書中,除非另有說明,凹陷即是指劃痕試驗中的凹陷及永久凹陷。 Embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below. In addition, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described here, and various changes can be made within the scope not departing from the gist of the present invention. Also, when a plurality of upper and lower limits are described for a specific parameter, any of these upper and lower limits may be combined to form an appropriate numerical range. Also, in this specification, unless otherwise specified, the dent refers to the dent and the permanent dent in the scratch test.

<光學積層體> <Optical laminate>

本發明之光學積層體係包含由聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜所構成之基材層、及包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層,且前述光學積層體之拉伸速度為100mm/分鐘時的降伏應力為100MPa以上。 The optical laminated system of the present invention comprises a substrate layer made of a polyimide resin film and a functional layer comprising a cured product of a curable resin, and the yield of the aforementioned optical laminated body when the tensile speed is 100 mm/min The stress is 100 MPa or more.

前述降伏應力未達100MPa時,難以減少因與外在因素接觸而於表面產生凹陷,而且,已產生的凹陷之復原性也不充分。以更容易減少凹陷之觀點來看,前述降伏應力較佳為105MPa以上,更佳為110MPa以上。以更容易提高光學積層體之耐折性之觀點來看,前述降伏應力較佳為160MPa以下,更佳為150MPa以下,又更佳為140MPa以下。前述降伏應力為以光學積層體作為測定試料並以在100mm/分鐘的拉伸速度下根據ASTM D638-14之拉伸試驗所得的應力-應變曲線所獲得的值,例如可使用實施例所記載之方法測定。 When the above-mentioned yield stress is less than 100 MPa, it is difficult to reduce the occurrence of dents on the surface due to contact with external factors, and the recovery of the generated dents is not sufficient. From the viewpoint of easier reduction of dishing, the aforementioned yield stress is preferably at least 105 MPa, more preferably at least 110 MPa. From the viewpoint of making it easier to improve the folding resistance of the optical laminate, the yield stress is preferably at most 160 MPa, more preferably at most 150 MPa, and still more preferably at most 140 MPa. The aforementioned yield stress is a value obtained from a stress-strain curve obtained from a tensile test of ASTM D638-14 at a tensile speed of 100 mm/min using the optical layered body as a measurement sample. For example, the values described in the examples can be used Method determination.

將光學積層體之降伏應力調整為上述範圍之方法並無特別限定,可舉例如將具有後述降伏應力之聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜使用作為基材層,並積層包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層之方法;將包含後述聚醯亞胺系樹脂之聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜使用作為基材層,並積層包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層之方法等。 The method of adjusting the yield stress of the optical laminate to the above range is not particularly limited, and for example, a polyimide-based resin film having a yield stress described later is used as a base layer, and a cured product containing a curable resin is laminated. The method of the functional layer; the method of using a polyimide-based resin film including a polyimide-based resin described later as a base layer, and laminating a functional layer including a cured product of a curable resin, etc.

本發明之光學積層體之功能層側的面之鉛筆硬度較佳為H以上,更佳為2H以上。上述鉛筆硬度若在上述範圍內,則可更容易減少因與外在因素接觸而於表面產生凹陷。 The surface of the functional layer side of the optical layered body of the present invention has a pencil hardness of preferably H or higher, more preferably 2H or higher. If the above-mentioned pencil hardness is within the above-mentioned range, it is easier to reduce the occurrence of depressions on the surface due to contact with external factors.

又,上述鉛筆硬度為根據JIS K 5600-5-4:1999而以測定時重量1kg、測定速度60mm/分鐘之條件所測定出的值。 In addition, the above-mentioned pencil hardness is a value measured on conditions of a weight at the time of measurement of 1 kg and a measurement speed of 60 mm/min in accordance with JIS K 5600-5-4:1999.

從更容易減少因與外在因素接觸而於表面產生凹陷之觀點、已產生的凹陷之復原性之觀點、容易提高耐折性之觀點、及容易防止皺紋和損傷等之觀點來看,本發明之光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數較佳為4.8GPa以上,更佳為5.2GPa以上,又更佳為6.0GPa以上,通常為100GPa以下。又,拉伸彈性模數可使用拉伸試驗機(試驗條件為夾具間距50mm、拉伸速度10mm/分鐘)。 From the point of view that it is easier to reduce dents on the surface due to contact with external factors, the point of view of the restoration of the generated dents, the point of view of easy improvement of folding resistance, and the point of view of easy prevention of wrinkles and damage, etc., the present invention The tensile elastic modulus of the optical laminate is preferably at least 4.8 GPa, more preferably at least 5.2 GPa, still more preferably at least 6.0 GPa, and usually not more than 100 GPa. In addition, a tensile testing machine can be used for the tensile elastic modulus (test conditions: grip distance 50 mm, tensile speed 10 mm/min).

本發明之光學積層體較佳為具有優異的耐彎曲性。本發明之光學積層體之耐彎曲次數以R=1.5mm測定較佳為20萬次以上,更佳為25萬次以上,又更佳為30萬次以上。耐彎曲次數若為上述的下限以上,則即使重複折彎也可有效抑制裂隙、破裂、折皺等的產生。又,耐彎曲次數可使用折疊試驗機測定,而例如可藉由實施例所記載之方法測定。 The optical layered body of the present invention preferably has excellent bending resistance. The bending resistance of the optical laminate of the present invention is preferably at least 200,000 times, more preferably at least 250,000 times, and even more preferably at least 300,000 times, as measured at R=1.5mm. When the number of times of bending resistance is more than the above lower limit, occurrence of cracks, cracks, wrinkles, etc. can be effectively suppressed even if bending is repeated. In addition, the number of times of bending resistance can be measured using a folding tester, and can be measured, for example, by the method described in the examples.

本發明之光學積層體之黃色度(以下稱為YI值)較佳為未達3.0。YI值為未達3.0時,容易提高經由光學積層體而視認例如影像等時之視認性。以容易更為提高經由光學積層體之影像等的視認性之觀點來看,本發明之光學積層體之YI值較佳為2.8以下,更佳為2.6以下,又更佳為2.5以下,較佳為-5以上,更佳為-2以上。光學積層體之YI值若為上述的上限以下,則透明性良好,用於顯示裝置之前面板時可賦予高視認性。又,YI值可使用紫外線可見光近紅外線分光光度計測定相對於300至800nm的光的穿透率,求出三激值(X、Y、Z),並根據YI=100×(1.2769X-1.0592Z)/Y之式而計算出。將光學積層體之YI值調整為上述範圍之方法並無特別限定,可舉出:使用後述聚醯亞胺系樹脂之方法、添加藍色色素之方法、薄膜化方法、於單體主鏈之芳香族環導入側鏈之方法等。 The yellowness (hereinafter referred to as YI value) of the optical layered body of the present invention is preferably less than 3.0. When the YI value is less than 3.0, it is easy to improve the visibility when viewing, for example, an image through the optical layered body. From the viewpoint of improving the visibility of images through the optical layered body more easily, the YI value of the optical layered body of the present invention is preferably 2.8 or less, more preferably 2.6 or less, still more preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably It is -5 or more, more preferably -2 or more. When YI value of an optical layered body is below the said upper limit, transparency will be favorable, and high visibility can be provided when used for the front panel of a display device. In addition, the YI value can be measured using an ultraviolet-visible-near-infrared spectrophotometer relative to the transmittance of light from 300 to 800 nm, and the three excitation values (X, Y, Z) can be obtained, and according to YI=100×(1.2769X-1.0592 Z)/Y formula and calculated. The method of adjusting the YI value of the optical laminate to the above-mentioned range is not particularly limited, and examples include: a method of using a polyimide resin described later, a method of adding a blue pigment, a method of thinning, and a A method for introducing an aromatic ring into a side chain, etc.

本發明之光學積層體之全光線穿透率較佳為85%以上,更佳為88%以上,又更佳為89%以上,特佳為90%以上。全光線穿透率若為上述的下限以上,則容易提高將光學積層體作為前面板而組裝於顯示裝置時的視認性。本發明之光學積層體一般係顯示高的全光線穿透率,故例如相較於使用穿透率較低的膜的情形,可抑制獲得固定亮度所需之顯示元件等的發光強度。因此,可減少耗費的電力。例如將本發明之光學積層體組裝於顯示裝置時,有即使減少背光光量也可獲得明亮顯示之傾向,而可節約能量。全光線穿透率的上限通常為100%以下。又,全光線穿透率例如可根據JIS K 7361-1:1997而使用霧度計算機(haze computer)測定。全光線穿透率可為後述光學積層體之厚度範圍中的全光線穿透率。又,本說明書中, 光學積層體的光學特性優異是意指全光線穿透率高、及/或霧度低、及/或YI值低,透明性的提高或提升為同義。 The total light transmittance of the optical laminate of the present invention is preferably at least 85%, more preferably at least 88%, even more preferably at least 89%, and most preferably at least 90%. If the total light transmittance is more than the above-mentioned lower limit, the visibility at the time of incorporating an optical layered body into a display device as a front plate will become easy to improve. The optical laminate of the present invention generally exhibits a high total light transmittance, so for example, compared with the case of using a film with a lower transmittance, the luminous intensity of display elements and the like required to obtain constant brightness can be suppressed. Therefore, consumed electric power can be reduced. For example, when the optical layered body of the present invention is incorporated into a display device, bright display tends to be obtained even if the light quantity of the backlight is reduced, and energy can be saved. The upper limit of the total light transmittance is usually 100% or less. Moreover, total light transmittance can be measured using the haze computer (haze computer) based on JISK7361-1:1997, for example. The total light transmittance may be the total light transmittance in the thickness range of the optical laminate described later. Also, in this manual, Excellent optical properties of the optical layered body means high total light transmittance, low haze, and/or low YI value, and improvement or enhancement of transparency is synonymous.

本發明之光學積層體之霧度較佳為5%以下,更佳為4%以下,又更佳為3%以下,又再更佳為2%以下,特佳為1%以下,又特佳為0.8%以下,又再特佳為0.5%以下,通常為0.01%以上。光學積層體之霧度若在上述範圍,則尤其在將光學積層體作為前面板而組裝於顯示裝置時,容易提高視認性。又,霧度可根據JIS K 7136:2000使用霧度計算機測定。 The haze of the optical laminate of the present invention is preferably at most 5%, more preferably at most 4%, more preferably at most 3%, even more preferably at most 2%, particularly preferably at most 1%, and most preferably at most It is less than 0.8%, more preferably less than 0.5%, usually more than 0.01%. If the haze of the optical layered body is in the above-mentioned range, it is easy to improve visibility especially when the optical layered body is incorporated into a display device as a front plate. Moreover, haze can be measured using a haze computer based on JISK7136:2000.

本發明之光學積層體之厚度較佳為10μm以上,更佳為15μm以上,又更佳為20μm以上,又再更佳為25μm以上,特佳為30μm以上,較佳為200μm以下,更佳為120μm以下,又更佳為100μm以下,又再更佳為80μm以下,特佳為60μm以下,可為該等上限與下限之組合。光學積層體之厚度若在上述範圍內,則更容易提高光學積層體之降伏應力及拉伸彈性模數。又,光學積層體之厚度可使用測微計測定,例如可藉由實施例所記載之方法測定。本發明之光學積層體較佳為具有15至120μm,更佳為20至100μm,又更佳為25至80μm之厚度,且耐彎曲次數以R=1.5mm測定較佳為20萬次以上,更佳為25萬次以上,又更佳為30萬次以上。 The thickness of the optical laminate of the present invention is preferably at least 10 μm, more preferably at least 15 μm, more preferably at least 20 μm, still more preferably at least 25 μm, particularly preferably at least 30 μm, more preferably at most 200 μm, and more preferably at least 200 μm. 120 μm or less, more preferably 100 μm or less, still more preferably 80 μm or less, particularly preferably 60 μm or less, may be a combination of these upper and lower limits. If the thickness of the optical layered body is within the above range, it is easier to increase the yield stress and tensile modulus of the optical layered body. In addition, the thickness of the optical layered body can be measured using a micrometer, for example, by the method described in the examples. The optical laminate of the present invention preferably has a thickness of 15 to 120 μm, more preferably 20 to 100 μm, and more preferably 25 to 80 μm, and the number of times of bending resistance is preferably more than 200,000 times as measured by R=1.5mm, and more preferably More preferably, it is more than 250,000 times, and more preferably, it is more than 300,000 times.

全光線穿透率及霧度會對應光學積層體之厚度而改變,厚度變得越大,則全光線穿透率越是降低,而霧度變得越高。亦即,就厚度較大的膜而言,係難以製造全光線穿透率高且霧度低之光學積層體。本發明之較佳實施型態中,本發明之光學積層體具有高水準之透明性,故即使厚度較大也可顯示高的全光線穿透率及低的霧度。因此,本發明之光學積層體之厚度較佳為10μm以上,更佳為15μm以上,又更佳為20μm以上,又 再更佳為25μm以上,特佳為30μm以上,又特佳為35μm以上,又再特佳為40μm以上;較佳為100μm以下,更佳為80μm以下,又更佳為60μm以下。光學積層體之厚度可以膜厚計等測定,例如可藉由實施例所記載之方法測定。 The total light transmittance and haze will change corresponding to the thickness of the optical laminate. The greater the thickness, the lower the total light transmittance and the higher the haze. That is, it is difficult to manufacture an optical layered body having a high total light transmittance and a low haze for a film having a large thickness. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the optical laminate of the present invention has a high level of transparency, so it can exhibit high total light transmittance and low haze even if it is thick. Therefore, the thickness of the optical layered body of the present invention is preferably at least 10 μm, more preferably at least 15 μm, still more preferably at least 20 μm, and more preferably at least 20 μm. More preferably, it is at least 25 μm, particularly preferably at least 30 μm, particularly preferably at least 35 μm, and even more preferably at least 40 μm; more preferably at most 100 μm, more preferably at most 80 μm, and more preferably at most 60 μm. The thickness of the optical layered body can be measured with a film thickness gauge, for example, by the method described in the examples.

本說明書中,臨界荷重係指對光學積層體進行壓劃痕試驗而未視認到凹陷之最大荷重。 In this specification, the critical load refers to the maximum load at which a dent is not recognized in an indentation test on an optical layered body.

永久凹陷深度係對光學積層體進行壓劃痕試驗,於形成凹陷後,而24小時後之凹陷回復並成為固定值之深度。 The depth of the permanent depression is a scratch test on the optical laminate. After the formation of the depression, the depression will recover and become a fixed value after 24 hours.

就本發明之光學積層體而言,於功能層側之表面使用壓縮彈性模數為3.0GPa且具有直徑0.7mm的前端之輔助具而以荷重200g測定出之永久凹陷深度較佳為0.5μm以下,更佳為0.4μm以下,又更佳為0.3μm以下,又再更佳為0.2μm以下。永久凹陷深度之測定方法之詳細如實施例所記載。 In the optical layered body of the present invention, the depth of the permanent depression measured with a load of 200 g using a compressive elastic modulus of 3.0 GPa and a front end with a diameter of 0.7 mm on the surface of the functional layer is preferably 0.5 μm or less. , more preferably not more than 0.4 μm, more preferably not more than 0.3 μm, still more preferably not more than 0.2 μm. The details of the method for measuring the depth of the permanent depression are as described in the examples.

就本發明之光學積層體而言,於功能層側表面使用壓縮彈性模數為1.0GPa且具有直徑0.7mm的前端之輔助具而以荷重1000g測定出之永久凹陷深度較佳為0.5μm以下,更佳為0.4μm以下,又更佳為0.3μm以下。 For the optical layered body of the present invention, the depth of the permanent depression measured with a load of 1000 g using an auxiliary tool having a compressive modulus of elasticity of 1.0 GPa and a tip with a diameter of 0.7 mm on the side surface of the functional layer is preferably 0.5 μm or less. More preferably, it is 0.4 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.3 μm or less.

(基材層) (substrate layer)

本發明之光學積層體係包含由聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜所構成之基材層。聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜所包含之聚醯亞胺系樹脂只要可獲得上述具有特定降伏應力之光學積層體,則無特別限定。本說明書中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂表示選自由聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物樹脂所組成的群組之至少一種樹脂。聚醯亞胺樹脂為包含含有醯 亞胺基之重覆結構單元之樹脂,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂為包含含有醯亞胺基及醯胺基雙方之重覆結構單元之樹脂。聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物樹脂為藉由醯亞胺化而分別得到聚醯亞胺樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之醯亞胺化前的前驅物,也是被稱為聚醯胺酸的樹脂。本發明之光學積層體所包含之聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜可含有1種聚醯亞胺系樹脂,也可組合而含有2種以上之聚醯亞胺系樹脂。以容易減少本發明之光學積層體因與外在因素接觸而產生凹陷之觀點來看,聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜所包含之聚醯亞胺系樹脂較佳為聚醯亞胺樹脂或聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂,更佳為聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。 The optical lamination system of the present invention includes a substrate layer made of a polyimide resin film. The polyimide-based resin contained in the polyimide-based resin film is not particularly limited as long as the above-mentioned optical laminate having a specific yield stress can be obtained. In this specification, polyimide-based resin means one selected from the group consisting of polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyimide precursor resin, and polyamideimide precursor resin. at least one resin. Polyimide resin contains acyl Resins with repeating structural units of imine groups, polyamideimide resins are resins containing repeating structural units containing both imide groups and amido groups. The polyimide precursor resin and the polyamideimide precursor resin are the precursors before imidization of the polyimide resin and the polyamideimide resin obtained respectively by imidization, Also known as polyamide resin. The polyimide-based resin film included in the optical laminate of the present invention may contain one kind of polyimide-based resin, or may contain two or more kinds of polyimide-based resins in combination. From the point of view that the optical laminate of the present invention is easily reduced due to contact with external factors, the polyimide resin contained in the polyimide resin film is preferably polyimide resin or polyamide resin. Amidoimide resin, more preferably polyamideimide resin.

本發明之一較佳實施型態中,以更容易減少因與外在因素接觸而產生凹陷及容易提高化學性穩定性之觀點來看,聚醯亞胺系樹脂較佳為芳香族系樹脂。本說明書中,芳香族系樹脂表示聚醯亞胺系樹脂所包含之結構單元主要為芳香族系結構單元之樹脂。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide-based resin is preferably an aromatic-based resin from the viewpoints of reducing dents caused by contact with external factors and improving chemical stability. In the present specification, the aromatic resin means a resin in which the structural units contained in the polyimide resin are mainly aromatic structural units.

上述一較佳實施型態中,以更容易減少因與外在因素接觸而產生凹陷及容易提高化學性穩定性之觀點來看,源自於芳香族系單體之結構單元相對於醯亞胺系樹脂所含有全部結構單元的比例較佳為60莫耳%以上,更佳為70莫耳%以上,又更佳為80莫耳%以上,又再更佳為85莫耳%以上。在此,源自於芳香族系單體之結構單元是指源自於至少一部分含有芳香族系構造(例如芳香環)之單體,且至少一部分含有芳香族系構造(例如芳香環)之結構單元。芳香族系單體可舉例如芳香族四羧酸化合物、芳香族二胺、芳香族二羧酸等。 In the above-mentioned preferred embodiment, from the point of view of reducing the depression caused by contact with external factors and improving the chemical stability more easily, the structural unit derived from the aromatic monomer is compared with the imide The proportion of all structural units contained in the resin is preferably at least 60 mol%, more preferably at least 70 mol%, more preferably at least 80 mol%, and still more preferably at least 85 mol%. Here, the structural unit derived from an aromatic monomer refers to a structure derived from a monomer at least partially containing an aromatic structure (such as an aromatic ring) and at least partially containing an aromatic structure (such as an aromatic ring) unit. As an aromatic monomer, an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid compound, an aromatic diamine, an aromatic dicarboxylic acid, etc. are mentioned, for example.

本發明之一較佳實施型態中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂可為包含式(1)所示之結構單元的聚醯亞胺系樹脂。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide-based resin may be a polyimide-based resin comprising a structural unit represented by formula (1).

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0010-3
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0010-3

[式(1)中,Y表示4價有機基,X表示2價有機基,*表示鍵結鍵], [In the formula (1), Y represents a 4-valent organic group, X represents a 2-valent organic group, and * represents a bonding bond],

且式(1)中之Y包含式(3)所示之結構。 And Y in the formula (1) includes the structure shown in the formula (3).

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0010-4
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0010-4

[式(3)中,R1互相獨立地表示鹵原子、可具有鹵原子之烷基、烷氧基、芳基、或芳氧基,R2至R5互相獨立地表示氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之一價烴基, [In formula (3), R 1 independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group that may have a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aryloxy group, and R 2 to R 5 independently represent a hydrogen atom, or may have A valent hydrocarbon group with a halogen atom,

m互相獨立地表示0至3之整數, m independently represent an integer from 0 to 3,

n表示1至4之整數, n represents an integer from 1 to 4,

*表示鍵結鍵,但具有R2至R5之至少1個苯環中,R2至R5中的至少3個為可具有鹵原子之一價烴基]。 * represents a bond, but at least 3 of R 2 to R 5 are valent hydrocarbon groups that may have a halogen atom among at least one benzene ring having R 2 to R 5 ].

式(1)中,Y互相獨立地表示4價有機基,較佳為表示碳數4至80之4價有機基,更佳為表示具有環狀結構之碳數4至60之4價有機基。環狀結構可舉出脂環、芳香環、雜環結構。前述有機基可為有機基中之氫原子可被取代基所取代之有機基,該取代基較佳為鹵原子、可具有鹵原子之一價烴基,例如烷基、芳基等烷氧基或芳氧基,此時,可具有鹵原 子之一價烴基、烷氧基或芳氧基之碳數較佳為1至8。本發明一實施型態之聚醯亞胺系樹脂可含有複數種之Y,複數種之Y可互相相同或相異。 In formula (1), Y independently represents a tetravalent organic group, preferably a tetravalent organic group with 4 to 80 carbon atoms, more preferably a tetravalent organic group with 4 to 60 carbon atoms having a ring structure . Examples of the cyclic structure include an alicyclic ring, an aromatic ring, and a heterocyclic structure. The aforementioned organic group can be an organic group in which the hydrogen atom in the organic group can be replaced by a substituent, and the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, a valent hydrocarbon group that can have a halogen atom, such as an alkoxy group such as an alkyl group or an aryl group, or Aryloxy, in this case, may have a halogen The carbon number of the subvalent hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group or aryloxy group is preferably 1-8. The polyimide resin of one embodiment of the present invention may contain plural kinds of Y, and the plural kinds of Y may be the same or different from each other.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂中,以式(1)中之Y包含式(3)所示之結構為較佳。式(3)中,R1互相獨立地表示鹵原子、可具有鹵原子之烷基、烷氧基、芳基、或芳氧基。鹵原子可舉例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。 Among polyimide-based resins, it is preferable that Y in formula (1) includes the structure represented by formula (3). In the formula (3), R 1 independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aryloxy group. The halogen atom includes, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

烷基可舉例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、2-甲基-丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基-丙基、正己基等。烷氧基可舉例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙基氧基、異丙基氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、戊基氧基、己基氧基、環己基氧基等。芳基可舉例如苯基、甲苯基、茬基、萘基、聯苯基等。芳氧基可舉例如苯氧基、萘基氧基、聯苯基氧基等。R1較佳為互相獨立地表示鹵原子、可具有鹵原子的碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基、碳數6至12之芳基、或碳數6至12之芳氧基。就具有聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之光學積層體而言,以更容易減少因與外在因素接觸而產生凹陷而且容易提高透明性之觀點來看,R1較佳係互相獨立地為可具有鹵原子之烷基或烷氧基,更佳為可具有鹵原子之碳數1至6之烷基或碳數1至6之烷氧基。 Alkyl can be for example methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methyl-butyl, 3 -methylbutyl, 2-ethyl-propyl, n-hexyl and the like. Alkoxy can be exemplified by methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, isopropyloxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy, third butoxy, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, cyclohexyloxy group, etc. The aryl group includes, for example, phenyl, tolyl, stubyl, naphthyl, biphenyl and the like. The aryloxy group includes, for example, phenoxy, naphthyloxy, biphenyloxy and the like. R 1 preferably independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryloxy group of 12. For an optical laminate having a polyimide-based resin film, from the viewpoint that it is easier to reduce depression due to contact with external factors and to improve transparency, R 1 is preferably independently of each other. The alkyl or alkoxy group of a halogen atom is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.

式(3)中,以容易減少凹陷且提高透明性之觀點來看,m互相獨立地表示0至3之整數,較佳為0至2之整數,更佳為0或1,又更佳為0。 In formula (3), from the viewpoint of easily reducing dents and improving transparency, m independently represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0.

式(3)中,R2、R3、R4及R5互相獨立地表示氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之一價烴基,於具有R2至R5之至少1個苯環中,R2至R5中的至少3個為可具有鹵原子之一價烴基。烴基可舉出芳香族烴基、脂環族烴基、 脂肪族烴基。芳香族烴基可舉例如苯基、甲苯基、茬基、萘基、聯苯基等芳基等。脂環族烴基可舉出環戊基、環己基等環烷基等。脂肪族烴基可舉例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、2-甲基-丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基-丙基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、第三辛基、正壬基、正癸基等烷基等。鹵原子可舉出上述所記載者。R2至R5較佳為互相獨立地表示氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之碳數6至12之芳基、碳數4至8之環烷基、或碳數1至6之烷基。以樹脂對於溶劑的溶解性以及容易減少光學積層體之凹陷且容易提高透明性之觀點來看,R2至R5較佳係互相獨立地為氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之烷基,更佳為氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之1至6之烷基,又更佳為氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之1至3之烷基。 In formula (3), R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a valent hydrocarbon group that may have a halogen atom, and in at least one benzene ring having R 2 to R 5 , R At least 3 of 2 to R 5 are 1-valent hydrocarbon groups which may have a halogen atom. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include aromatic hydrocarbon groups, alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, and aliphatic hydrocarbon groups. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl, stubyl, naphthyl, and biphenyl. Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, and the like. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group can for example be methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methyl-butyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethyl-propyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, tertiary octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl and other alkyl groups, etc. Examples of the halogen atom include those described above. R 2 to R 5 preferably independently represent a hydrogen atom, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons which may have a halogen atom, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 8 carbons, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons. From the viewpoint of the solubility of the resin in solvents and the ease of reducing the depression of the optical layered body and the ease of improving transparency, R2 to R5 are preferably independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups that may have halogen atoms, more preferably It is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 which may have a halogen atom, and is more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 3 which may have a halogen atom.

式(3)中之具有R2至R5之至少1個苯環中,R2至R5中的至少3個為可具有鹵原子之一價烴基時,光學積層體容易減少凹陷。又,可提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂對於溶劑的溶解性。 Among the at least one benzene ring having R 2 to R 5 in formula (3), when at least three of R 2 to R 5 are valent hydrocarbon groups which may have a halogen atom, the optical layered body tends to reduce cratering. In addition, the solubility of the polyimide-based resin in solvents can be improved.

以樹脂對於溶劑的溶解性以及於光學積層體中容易減少凹陷且容易提高透明性之觀點來看,n為2以上時,較佳為在具有R2至R5之至少2個苯環中,R2至R5中的至少3個為可具有鹵原子之一價烴基;更佳為在具有R2至R5之所有苯環中,R2至R5中的至少3個為可具有鹵原子之一價烴基。 From the viewpoint of the solubility of the resin in solvents and the ease of reducing dents and improving transparency in the optical layered body, when n is 2 or more, preferably among at least 2 benzene rings having R2 to R5 , At least 3 of R 2 to R 5 are a valent hydrocarbon group that may have a halogen atom; more preferably, in all benzene rings that have R 2 to R 5 , at least 3 of R 2 to R 5 are a valent hydrocarbon group that may have a halogen atom One-valent hydrocarbon group of atoms.

式(3)中,n表示1至4之整數,以容易提高聚醯亞胺系脂膜之拉伸彈性模數及透明性且容易減少光學積層體中的凹陷之觀點來看,n 較佳為1至3之整數,更佳為2或3,又更佳為2。又,式(1)所示結構單元可含有1種或複數種式(3)所示結構作為Y。 In formula (3), n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and from the viewpoint of easily improving the tensile elastic modulus and transparency of the polyimide-based lipid film and easily reducing the depression in the optical laminate, n Preferably it is an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 2 or 3, still more preferably 2. In addition, the structural unit represented by formula (1) may contain one or more structures represented by formula (3) as Y.

本發明之較佳實施型態中,式(3)為式(3’)所示者。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, formula (3) is represented by formula (3').

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0013-5
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0013-5

[式(3’)中,*表示鍵結鍵] [In the formula (3'), * represents the bonding bond]

亦即,式(1)中之複數個Y之至少一部分為式(3’)所示者。若為該形態,則光學積層體中容易減少凹陷且容易提高透明性。 That is, at least a part of the plurality of Ys in formula (1) is represented by formula (3'). If it is this form, it will become easy to reduce dents in an optical layered body, and it will become easy to improve transparency.

就本發明一實施型態而言,式(1)所示結構單元中,相對於式(1)所示結構單元的總莫耳量,Y為式(3)所示結構單元的比例較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為30莫耳%以上,又更佳為45莫耳%以上,又再更佳為50莫耳%以上,特佳為55莫耳%以上,較佳為未達70莫耳%,更佳為65莫耳%以下,又更佳為62莫耳%以下,特佳為60莫耳%以下。Y為式(3)所示結構單元的比例若為上述的下限以上,則容易減少光學積層體中之凹陷。又,Y為式(3)所示結構單元的比例若為上述的上限以下,則容易提高光學積層體之透明性。Y為式(3)所示結構單元的比例,例如可使用1H-NMR測定,也可從原料的饋入比例來計算出。 As far as an embodiment of the present invention is concerned, in the structural unit shown in formula (1), relative to the total mole amount of the structural unit shown in formula (1), Y is the better ratio of structural unit shown in formula (3) More than 10 mol%, more preferably more than 30 mol%, more preferably more than 45 mol%, more preferably more than 50 mol%, especially preferably more than 55 mol%, preferably not Up to 70 mole %, more preferably less than 65 mole %, more preferably less than 62 mole %, most preferably less than 60 mole %. If the ratio of Y being the structural unit represented by formula (3) is more than the above-mentioned lower limit, it becomes easy to reduce the dishing in an optical layered body. Moreover, the transparency of an optical layered body will become easy to improve as long as the ratio which Y is a structural unit represented by formula (3) is below the said upper limit. Y is the ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (3), which can be measured, for example, using 1 H-NMR, or can be calculated from the feed ratio of the raw materials.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂較佳為進一步包含式(5)所示結構作為式(1)中之Y。 The polyimide-based resin preferably further includes a structure represented by formula (5) as Y in formula (1).

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0014-6
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0014-6

[式(5)中,B表示單鍵、-O-、二苯基亞甲基、可具有鹵原子之2價烴基、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-PO-、-PO2-、-N(RB1)-或-Si(RB2)2-, [In formula (5), B represents a single bond, -O-, diphenylmethylene, a divalent hydrocarbon group that may have a halogen atom, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, - PO-, -PO 2 -, -N(R B1 )- or -Si(R B2 ) 2 -,

RB1及RB2互相獨立地表示氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之烷基, R B1 and R B2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a halogen atom,

R7互相獨立地表示鹵原子、可具有鹵原子之烷基、烷氧基、芳基、或芳氧基, R independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group that may have a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aryloxy group,

t互相獨立地表示0至3之整數, t independently represent an integer from 0 to 3,

*表示鍵結鍵]。 * means a bonding key].

進一步包含式(5)所示結構作為式(1)中之Y時,容易減少光學積層體之凹陷、且更容易提高透明性。 When the structure represented by the formula (5) is further included as Y in the formula (1), it is easier to reduce the dishing of the optical layered body, and it is easier to improve the transparency.

式(5)中,R7互相獨立地表示鹵原子、可具有鹵原子之烷基、烷氧基、芳基、或芳氧基。鹵原子、可具有鹵原子之烷基、烷氧基、芳基及芳氧基分別可舉出式(3)之R1所例示者。以容易減少光學積層體之凹陷且容易提高透明性之觀點來看,R7係互相獨立,較佳為可具有鹵原子之碳數1至6之烷基,更佳為可具有鹵原子之碳數1至3之烷基。 In the formula (5), R 7 independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aryloxy group. Halogen atoms, alkyl groups which may have halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and aryloxy groups are exemplified by R 1 in formula (3), respectively. From the standpoint that it is easy to reduce the depression of the optical layered body and improve the transparency, R7 is independent of each other, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms that may have a halogen atom, more preferably a carbon that may have a halogen atom Alkyl groups with numbers 1 to 3.

式(5)中,t表示0至3之整數,以容易減少光學積層體之凹陷且容易提高透明性之觀點來看,較佳為表示0至2之整數,更佳為表示0或1,又更佳為0。 In the formula (5), t represents an integer of 0 to 3, and preferably represents an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably represents 0 or 1, from the viewpoint that the sagging of the optical layered body can be easily reduced and the transparency can be easily improved. and more preferably 0.

式(5)中之B互相獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、二苯基亞甲基、可具有鹵原子之2價烴基、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-PO-、-PO2-、-N(RB1)-或-Si(RB2)2-,RB1及RB2互相獨立地表示氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之烷基。 B in the formula (5) independently represents a single bond, -O-, diphenylmethylene, a divalent hydrocarbon group that may have a halogen atom, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO-, -COO- , -PO-, -PO 2 -, -N(R B1 )- or -Si(R B2 ) 2 -, R B1 and R B2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a halogen atom.

可具有鹵原子之2價烴基可舉出從式(3)中之R2至R5中的可具有鹵原子之一價烴基中進一步除去1個氫原子之2價基。可具有鹵原子之2價烴基可從該基所含有氫原子中取代2個氫原子而形成環,亦即,可將該2個氫原子取代為鍵結鍵並連接該2個鍵結鍵而形成環,該環可舉例如碳數3至12之環烷環等。又,就式(5)中之B所包含的-N(RB1)-及-Si(RB2)2-中之RB1及RB2中的可具有鹵原子之烷基而言,係可舉出上述式(3)中之R1中的可具有鹵原子之烷基所例示者。 Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a halogen atom include divalent groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the valent hydrocarbon groups which may have a halogen atom among R 2 to R 5 in formula (3). A divalent hydrocarbon group that may have a halogen atom can replace two hydrogen atoms from the hydrogen atoms contained in the group to form a ring, that is, the two hydrogen atoms can be replaced by bonds and the two bonds can be connected to form a ring. A ring is formed, and the ring may, for example, be a cycloalkane ring having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. Also, for the alkyl group that may have a halogen atom in R B1 and R B2 in -N(R B1 )- and -Si(R B2 ) 2 - included in B in formula (5), it may be Examples of the alkyl group that may have a halogen atom in R 1 in the above formula (3) are exemplified.

以容易減少光學積層體之凹陷且容易提高透明性之觀點來看,式(5)中之B較佳可舉出單鍵、或可具有鹵原子之2價烴基,更佳為單鍵、-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-、-CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-,又再更佳為單鍵、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-,又再更佳為單鍵或-C(CF3)2-,特佳為-C(CF3)2-。 From the standpoint of reducing the dent of the optical layered body and improving the transparency, B in the formula (5) preferably includes a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group that may have a halogen atom, more preferably a single bond, - CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 - or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, still more preferably a single bond, -C(CH 3 ) 2 - or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, more preferably a single bond or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, particularly preferably -C(CF 3 ) 2 -.

本發明之較佳實施型態中,式(5)為式(5’)所示者。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, formula (5) is represented by formula (5').

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0015-7
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0015-7

[式(5’)中,*表示鍵結鍵] [In the formula (5'), * represents the bonding bond]

亦即,一較佳態樣中,式(1)中之複數個Y之至少一部分為式(5’)所示者。若為該形態,則更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷、且更容易提高透明性。 That is, in a preferred aspect, at least a part of the plurality of Ys in formula (1) is represented by formula (5'). If it is this form, it becomes easier to reduce the dishing of an optical layered body, and it becomes easier to improve transparency.

式(1)所示結構單元中,就式(1)中之Y為式(3)所示結構單元的比例而言,相對於式(1)中之Y為式(5)所示結構單元1莫耳,較佳為0.1莫耳以上,更佳為0.4莫耳以上,又更佳為1.0莫耳以上,較佳為2.3莫耳以下,更佳為1.9莫耳以下,又更佳為1.7莫耳以下。式(1)中之Y為式(3)所示結構單元相對於式(1)中之Y為式(5)所示結構單元的比例若為上述的下限以上,則容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之拉伸彈性模數。又,該比例若為上述的上限以下,則更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷、且更容易提高透明性。式(1)中之Y為式(3)所示結構單元相對於式(1)中之Y為式(5)所示結構單元的比例係例如可使用1H-NMR測定,也可以從原料的饋入比例來計算出。 In the structural unit shown in formula (1), Y in the formula (1) is the ratio of the structural unit shown in the formula (3), relative to Y in the formula (1) is the structural unit shown in the formula (5) 1 mol, preferably 0.1 mol or more, more preferably 0.4 mol or more, more preferably 1.0 mol or more, preferably 2.3 mol or less, more preferably 1.9 mol or less, and more preferably 1.7 mol or less Mole below. If the ratio of Y in formula (1) to the structural unit shown in formula (3) to Y in formula (1) is the structural unit shown in formula (5) is more than the above-mentioned lower limit, then it is easy to increase the polyimide. It is the tensile elastic modulus of the resin film. Moreover, if this ratio is below the said upper limit, it will become easier to reduce the dishing of an optical layered body, and it will become easier to improve transparency. Y in the formula (1) is the ratio of the structural unit shown in the formula (3) relative to the Y in the formula (1) that is the structural unit shown in the formula ( 5). The feed ratio is calculated.

式(1)所示結構單元中,相對於式(1)所示結構單元的總莫耳量之式(1)中之Y為式(5)所示結構單元的比例較佳為超過30莫耳%,更佳為35莫耳%以上,又更佳為38莫耳%以上,又再更佳為40莫耳%以上,較佳為90莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下,又更佳為55莫耳%以下,又再更佳為50莫耳%以下,特佳為45莫耳%以下。 In the structural unit shown in formula (1), Y in the formula (1) with respect to the total mole amount of structural unit shown in formula (1) is the ratio of structural unit shown in formula (5) is preferably more than 30 moles %, more preferably more than 35 mol%, more preferably more than 38 mol%, more preferably more than 40 mol%, preferably less than 90 mol%, more preferably less than 70 mol% , and more preferably less than 55 mole %, more preferably less than 50 mole %, especially preferably less than 45 mole %.

相對於式(1)所示結構單元的總莫耳量,Y為式(5)所示結構單元的比例若為上述的下限以上,則更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷、且更容易提高透明性。又,該比例若為上述的上限以下,則容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數。又,式(1)中之Y為式(5)所示結構單元的比例係例如可使用1H-NMR測定,也可從原料的饋入比例來計算出。 With respect to the total molar amount of the structural unit represented by the formula (1), if the ratio of Y being the structural unit represented by the formula (5) is more than the above-mentioned lower limit, it is easier to reduce the depression of the optical layered body, and it is easier to improve the transparency sex. Moreover, if this ratio is below the said upper limit, it will become easy to raise the tensile elastic modulus of a polyimide-type resin film and an optical laminated body. In addition, Y in the formula (1) is a ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (5), which can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, or can be calculated from the charging ratio of the raw materials.

本發明一實施型態中,相對於式(1)所示結構單元的總莫耳量,Y為式(3)所示結構單元及Y為式(5)所示結構單元的合計比例較佳為 50莫耳%以上,更佳為70莫耳%以上,又更佳為90莫耳%以上,較佳為100莫耳%以下。該合計比例若在上述範圍,則容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之拉伸彈性模數及透明性,且更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷。又,該合計比例,例如可使用1H-NMR測定,也可從原料的饋入比例來計算出。 In an embodiment of the present invention, relative to the total molar amount of the structural unit shown in the formula (1), Y is the structural unit shown in the formula (3) and Y is the total ratio of the structural unit shown in the formula (5) is better It is at least 50 mol%, more preferably at least 70 mol%, more preferably at least 90 mol%, more preferably at most 100 mol%. If the total ratio is in the above range, the tensile elastic modulus and transparency of the polyimide resin film will be easily improved, and the dents of the optical layered body will be more easily reduced. In addition, this total ratio can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, or can be calculated from the charging ratio of raw materials.

式(1)中,就Y而言,除了可包含式(3)所示結構以外,視情況可包含式(5)所示結構、以及式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所示結構。 In formula (1), in terms of Y, in addition to the structure shown in formula (3), it can include the structure shown in formula (5), as well as formula (20), formula (21), formula (22) , formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula (28) and the structure shown in formula (29).

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0017-8
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0017-8

[式(20)至式(29)中,*表示鍵結鍵,W1表示單鍵、-O-、二苯基亞甲基、可具有鹵原子之2價烴基,例如-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-、-CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-等、-Ar-、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-、-PO-、-PO2-、-N(RW1)-、-Si(RW2)2-、-O-Ar-O-、-Ar-O-Ar-、-Ar-CH2-Ar-、-Ar-C(CH3)2-Ar-或-Ar-SO2-Ar-。Ar表示可具有氟原子之碳數6至20之伸芳基,具體例可舉出伸苯基。RW1及RW2互相獨立地表示氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之烷基。又,式(20)至式(29)所示基中之氫原子可為經甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基取代之基;以及4價之碳數6以下之鏈式烴基。又,式(20)至式(29)中的環上的 氫原子可經碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基或碳數6至12之芳基取代]。 [In formula (20) to formula (29), * represents a bond, W 1 represents a single bond, -O-, diphenylmethylene, a divalent hydrocarbon group that may have a halogen atom, such as -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, etc., -Ar-, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO -, -PO-, -PO 2 -, -N(R W1 )-, -Si(R W2 ) 2 -, -O-Ar-O-, -Ar-O-Ar-, -Ar-CH 2 - Ar-, -Ar-C(CH 3 ) 2 -Ar-, or -Ar-SO 2 -Ar-. Ar represents an arylylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom, and a specific example thereof is a phenylene group. R W1 and R W2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a halogen atom. Also, the hydrogen atoms in the groups represented by formula (20) to formula (29) can be substituted by methyl, fluorine, chlorine or trifluoromethyl; . Also, the ring hydrogen atoms in formula (20) to formula (29) may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons].

碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基及碳數6至12之芳基分別可舉出上述式(3)之R1所例示者。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include those exemplified for R 1 in the above formula (3).

以更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷、容易提高拉伸彈性模數、且更容易提高透明性之觀點來看,式(20)至式(29)所示基中較佳為式(26)、式(28)或式(29)所示基,更佳為式(26)所示基。又,以更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷、容易提高拉伸彈性模數、且更容易提高透明性之觀點來看,W1較佳為表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-、-CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-,更佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2-、-CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-,又再更佳為單鍵、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-,又再更佳為單鍵或-C(CF3)2-,特佳為-C(CF3)2-。 From the standpoint that it is easier to reduce the sag of the optical laminate, it is easier to increase the tensile elastic modulus, and it is easier to improve the transparency, among the groups represented by the formula (20) to the formula (29), the formula (26), The group represented by formula (28) or formula (29), more preferably the group represented by formula (26). In addition, from the standpoints that it is easier to reduce the dent of the optical layered body, it is easier to increase the tensile elastic modulus, and it is easier to improve the transparency, W 1 preferably represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, - CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 - or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, more preferably a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH (CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 - or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, and more preferably a single bond, -C(CH 3 ) 2 - or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, Still more preferably, it is a single bond or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, and most preferably is -C(CF 3 ) 2 -.

式(1)中,X表示2價有機基,較佳為表示碳數4至40之2價有機基。 In formula (1), X represents a divalent organic group, preferably a divalent organic group having 4 to 40 carbon atoms.

本發明中,就聚醯亞胺系樹脂而言,以更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷、容易提高拉伸彈性模數、且更容易提高透明性之觀點來看,式(1)中之X較佳為含有2價芳香族基、2價脂環族基、及2價脂肪族基之至少1種作為,更佳為含有2價芳香族基。2價芳香族基可舉例如:從上述式(3)中之R2至R5所例示之芳香族烴基中之氫原子中將1個氫原子置換為鍵結鍵之2價芳香族烴基;及將該2價芳香族烴基中的至少1個以上藉由連接基(例如後述V1等連接基)而鍵結的基。2價脂環族基可舉例如從上述式(3)中之R2至R5所例示之脂環族烴基中之氫原子中將1個氫原子置換為 鍵結鍵之2價脂環族烴基;及該將2價脂環族烴基中的至少1個以上藉由連接基(例如後述V1等連接基)而鍵結的基。2價脂肪族基可舉例從如上述式(3)中之R2至R5所例示之脂肪族烴基中之氫原子中將1個氫原子置換為鍵結鍵之2價脂肪族烴基;及將該2價脂肪族烴基中的至少1個以上藉由連接基(例如後述V1等連接基)而鍵結的基。 In the present invention, in terms of polyimide-based resins, X in the formula (1) is easier to reduce the sag of the optical layered body, to increase the tensile modulus of elasticity, and to improve the transparency more easily. Preferably, it contains at least 1 sort(s) of a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, and a divalent aliphatic group, More preferably, it contains a divalent aromatic group. The divalent aromatic group can be, for example: a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group in which one of the hydrogen atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon groups exemplified by R2 to R5 in the above formula (3) is replaced with a bonding bond; And a group in which at least one or more of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded via a linking group (for example, a linking group such as V 1 described later). The divalent alicyclic group can be, for example, a divalent alicyclic group in which one of the hydrogen atoms in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group exemplified by R2 to R5 in the above formula (3) is replaced with a bond. a hydrocarbon group; and a group in which at least one of the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon groups is bonded via a linking group (for example, a linking group such as V 1 described later). The divalent aliphatic group can be, for example, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond among the hydrogen atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon groups exemplified by R2 to R5 in the above formula (3); and A group in which at least one or more of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded via a linking group (for example, a linking group such as V 1 described later).

式(1)中之X較佳為表示具有脂環、芳香環、雜環結構等環狀結構之碳數4至40之2價有機基,更佳為碳數4至40之2價芳香族基及碳數4至40之2價脂環族基,又更佳為碳數4至40之2價芳香族基。就該有機基而言,有機基中之氫原子可以烴基或氟取代烴基取代,此時,烴基及氟取代烴基之碳數較佳為1至8。本發明一實施型態中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂可含有複數種之X,複數種之X可互相相同或相異。X可舉例如式(10)、式(11)、式(12)、式(13)、式(14)、式(15)、式(16)、式(17)及式(18)所示基;該等式(10)至式(18)所示基中之氫原子經甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基取代之基;以及碳數6以下之鏈式烴基。 X in the formula (1) is preferably a divalent organic group with 4 to 40 carbons having ring structures such as alicyclic rings, aromatic rings, and heterocyclic structures, more preferably a divalent aromatic group with 4 to 40 carbon atoms group and a divalent alicyclic group having 4 to 40 carbon atoms, and more preferably a divalent aromatic group having 4 to 40 carbon atoms. As for the organic group, the hydrogen atoms in the organic group may be substituted by a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. In this case, the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group and the fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-8. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide-based resin may contain multiple types of X, and the multiple types of X may be the same or different from each other. X can be shown in formula (10), formula (11), formula (12), formula (13), formula (14), formula (15), formula (16), formula (17) and formula (18) group; a group in which the hydrogen atom in the group represented by the formula (10) to the formula (18) is substituted by a methyl group, a fluorine group, a chlorine group or a trifluoromethyl group; and a chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or less carbon atoms.

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0019-9
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0019-9

[式(10)至式(18)中, [In formula (10) to formula (18),

*表示鍵結鍵, * means bond key,

V1、V2及V3互相獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-、-CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-SO2-、-CO-或-N(Q)-。在此,Q表示可具有鹵原子之碳數1至12之一價烴基]。 V 1 , V 2 and V 3 independently represent a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -CO- or -N(Q)-. Here, Q represents a C1-C12 monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a halogen atom].

可具有鹵原子之碳數1至12之一價烴基可舉出上述作為式(3)之R2至R5中可具有鹵原子之一價烴基所例示者。 The valent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom may be exemplified above as the valent hydrocarbon group which may have a halogen atom in R 2 to R 5 of the formula (3).

作為一例,V1及V3為單鍵、-O-或-S-,且V2為-CH2-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-或-SO2-。V1及V2相對於各環之鍵結位置、及V2及V3相對於各環之鍵結位置係互相獨立,相對於各環較佳為間位或對位,更佳為對位。又,式(10)至式(18)中的環上的氫原子可以碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基或碳數6至12之芳基取代。碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基及碳數6至12之芳基分別可舉出上述式(3)之R1所例示者。 As an example, V 1 and V 3 are single bonds, -O- or -S-, and V 2 is -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 - or -SO 2 -. The bonding positions of V 1 and V 2 relative to each ring, and the bonding positions of V 2 and V 3 relative to each ring are independent of each other, preferably meta or para, more preferably para . Also, the hydrogen atoms on the rings in the formulas (10) to (18) may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include those exemplified for R 1 in the above formula (3).

本發明之較佳實施型態中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂可包含式(4)所示結構作為式(1)中之X。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide-based resin may contain a structure represented by formula (4) as X in formula (1).

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0020-26
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0020-26

[式(4)中,A表示單鍵、-O-、二苯基亞甲基、可具有鹵原子之2價烴基、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-、-PO-、-PO2-、-N(RA1)-或-Si(RA2)2-, [In formula (4), A represents a single bond, -O-, diphenylmethylene, a divalent hydrocarbon group that may have a halogen atom, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO-, -PO-, - PO 2 -, -N(R A1 )- or -Si(R A2 ) 2 -,

RA1及RA2互相獨立地表示氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之烷基, R A1 and R A2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a halogen atom,

R6互相獨立地表示鹵原子、可具有鹵原子之烷基、烷氧基、芳基、或芳氧基, R independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group that may have a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aryloxy group,

s互相獨立地表示0至4之整數, s independently represent an integer from 0 to 4,

*表示鍵結鍵]。 * means a bonding key].

若為該形態,則容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數及透明性,且更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷。又,式(1)所示結構單元可含有1種或複數種式(4)所示結構作為X。 In this form, it is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and transparency of the polyimide-based resin film and the optical layered body, and it is easier to reduce dents in the optical layered body. In addition, the structural unit represented by formula (1) may contain one or more structures represented by formula (4) as X.

R6互相獨立地表示鹵原子、可具有鹵原子之烷基、烷氧基、芳基、或芳氧基。鹵原子、可具有鹵原子之烷基、烷氧基、芳基、及芳氧基分別可舉出上述式(3)之R1所例示者。 R 6 each independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aryloxy group. Halogen atoms, alkyl groups which may have halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, and aryloxy groups are exemplified by R 1 in the above formula (3).

該等中,以容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數及透明性、且更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷的觀點來看,R6係互相獨立,較佳為碳數1至6之烷基或碳數1至6之鹵化烷基,更佳為碳數1至6之烷基或碳數1至6之氟烷基,較佳為全氟烷基。較佳形態中,R6互相獨立地為甲基、氯基或三氟甲基。s互相獨立地表示0至4之整數,以容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數及透明性,且更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷之觀點來看,較佳為1至3之整數,更佳為1或2,又更佳為1。 Among them, from the viewpoint of improving the tensile elastic modulus and transparency of the polyimide-based resin film and the optical laminate, and making it easier to reduce the sag of the optical laminate, R 6 is independent of each other, and is preferred. It is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons or a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. In a preferred form, R 6 are independently methyl, chloro or trifluoromethyl. s independently represents an integer of 0 to 4, and it is easier to improve the tensile elastic modulus and transparency of the polyimide resin film and the optical laminate, and it is easier to reduce the depression of the optical laminate. It is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, still more preferably 1.

就發明之較佳實施型態而言,較佳為於各苯環中,s為1,於以-A-為基準之正位取代R6,且R6為甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基。 As far as the preferred embodiment of the invention is concerned, it is preferred that in each benzene ring, s is 1, and R 6 is substituted in the positive position based on -A-, and R 6 is methyl, fluoro, or chloro or trifluoromethyl.

式(4)中,鍵結鍵之位置係互相獨立,從容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數及透明性、且容易減少光學積層體之凹陷之觀點來看,以-A-為基準時,較佳為間位或對位,更佳為對位。 In the formula (4), the positions of the bonding bonds are independent of each other, from the point of view that it is easy to improve the tensile modulus and transparency of the polyimide resin film and the optical laminate, and it is easy to reduce the depression of the optical laminate. See, based on -A-, it's better to be meta or para, more preferably para.

式(4)中之A互相獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、二苯基亞甲基、可具有鹵原子之2價烴基、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-、-PO-、-PO2-、-N(RA1)-或-Si(RA2)2-,RA1及RA2互相獨立地表示氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之烷基。 A in the formula (4) independently represents a single bond, -O-, diphenylmethylene, a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a halogen atom, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO-, -PO- , -PO 2 -, -N( RA1 )- or -Si( RA2 ) 2 -, R A1 and R A2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a halogen atom.

可具有鹵原子之2價烴基可舉出從式(3)之R2至R5中的可具有鹵原子之一價烴基中進一步除去1個氫原子之2價基。可具有鹵原子之2價烴基可從該基所含有氫原子中取代2個氫原子而形成環,亦即,將該2個氫原子取代為鍵結鍵並連接該2個鍵結鍵而形成環,該環可舉例如碳數3至12之環烷環等。又,式(4)中之A所含有-N(RA1)-及-Si(RA2)2-之RA1及RA2中的可具有鹵原子之烷基係可舉出上述作為式(3)中之R1中的可具有鹵原子之烷基所例示者。 Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a halogen atom include divalent groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the valent hydrocarbon groups which may have a halogen atom in R 2 to R 5 in formula (3). A divalent hydrocarbon group that may have a halogen atom can replace two hydrogen atoms from the hydrogen atoms contained in the group to form a ring, that is, replace the two hydrogen atoms with bonds and connect the two bonds to form a ring ring, the ring may, for example, be a cycloalkane ring having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. In addition, the alkyl group that may have a halogen atom in R A1 and R A2 of -N(R A1 )- and -Si(R A2 ) 2 - contained in A in formula (4) can be exemplified by the above formula ( 3) The alkyl group which may have a halogen atom in R1 is exemplified.

以更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷、容易提高拉伸彈性模數、且更容易提高透明性之觀點來看,式(3)中之A較佳為單鍵、-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-、-CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-,更佳為單鍵、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-,又再更佳為單鍵或-C(CF3)2-,特佳為單鍵。 From the viewpoints that it is easier to reduce the sag of the optical laminate, it is easier to increase the tensile modulus, and it is easier to improve the transparency, A in the formula (3) is preferably a single bond, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 - or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, more preferably a single bond, -C(CH 3 ) 2 - or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, still more preferably a single bond or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, particularly preferably a single bond.

本發明之較佳實施型態中,以容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數及透明性、且更容易減少光學積層體的凹陷之觀點來看,式(4)中,R6互相獨立地表示碳數1至6之鹵化烷基,s表示1或2,A表示單鍵、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, from the viewpoint of improving the tensile elastic modulus and transparency of the polyimide resin film and the optical laminate, and making it easier to reduce the dent of the optical laminate, the formula ( In 4), R 6 independently represents a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, s represents 1 or 2, and A represents a single bond, -C(CH 3 ) 2 - or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -.

本發明之較佳實施型態中,式(4)為式(4’)所示者。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, formula (4) is represented by formula (4').

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0022-11
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0022-11

亦即,式(1)中之複數個X之至少一部分較佳為式(4’)所示者。若為該形態,則更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷、容易提高拉伸彈性模數、且更容易提高透明性。 That is, at least a part of the plurality of Xs in formula (1) is preferably represented by formula (4'). With this form, it is easier to reduce the dent of the optical layered body, it is easier to increase the tensile modulus, and it is easier to improve the transparency.

本發明一實施型態中,包含式(4)所示結構作為式(1)中之X時,相對於式(1)所示結構單元的總莫耳量,X為式(4)所示結構單元的比例較佳為30莫耳%以上,更佳為50莫耳%以上,又更佳為70莫耳%以上,又再更佳為80莫耳%以上,特佳為90莫耳%以上,較佳為100莫耳%以下。X為式(4)所示結構單元的比例若在上述範圍,則更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷,且容易進一步提高拉伸彈性模數。X為式(4)所示結構單元的比例係例如可使用1H-NMR測定,也可從原料的饋入比例來計算出。 In an embodiment of the present invention, when the structure shown in formula (4) is included as X in formula (1), relative to the total molar amount of the structural unit shown in formula (1), X is represented by formula (4) The ratio of the structural unit is preferably more than 30 mole%, more preferably more than 50 mole%, more preferably more than 70 mole%, and more preferably more than 80 mole%, especially preferably 90 mole% above, preferably 100 mol% or less. When the proportion of X being the structural unit represented by the formula (4) is within the above range, it is easier to reduce the sinking of the optical layered body, and it is easier to further increase the tensile modulus of elasticity. The ratio system in which X is a structural unit represented by formula (4) can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, and can also be calculated from the feed ratio of raw materials.

本發明之一較佳實施型態中,式(1)所示複數結構單元較佳為除了Y為式(5)所示結構單元以外進一步含有Y為式(9)所示結構單元。進一步含有Y為式(9)所示結構單元時,更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷,且容易進一步提高拉伸彈性模數。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the plural structural units represented by formula (1) preferably further include Y being a structural unit represented by formula (9) in addition to Y being a structural unit represented by formula (5). When Y is further contained as a structural unit represented by the formula (9), it is easier to reduce the sinking of the optical layered body, and it is easier to further increase the tensile modulus of elasticity.

包含式(1)所示結構單元之聚醯亞胺系樹脂可為進一步具有式(2)所示結構單元之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。 The polyimide-based resin comprising the structural unit represented by formula (1) may be a polyimide-imide resin further having a structural unit represented by formula (2).

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0023-12
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0023-12

[式(2)中,Z及X互相獨立地表示2價有機基,*表示鍵結鍵] [In the formula (2), Z and X independently represent a divalent organic group, and * represents a bonding bond]

以下說明式(2)。該態樣中,以容易減少摺疊光學積層體時的破裂及白化、且容易進一步提高彈性模數之觀點來看,相對於聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂所 含有全部結構單元的量,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂所含有醯胺成分的比例較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%,又更佳為15莫耳%以上,又再更佳為20莫耳%以上。 The formula (2) will be described below. In this aspect, it is easier to reduce cracking and whitening when folding the optical layered body, and it is easier to further increase the modulus of elasticity, compared to polyamideimide resin. Containing the amount of all structural units, the ratio of the amide component contained in the polyamide imide resin is preferably more than 5 mole%, more preferably 10 mole%, and more preferably more than 15 mole%, and then More preferably, it is more than 20 mol%.

式(2)中,Z為2價有機基,較佳為可以碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基、或碳數6至12之芳基(該等基中的氫原子可以鹵原子取代,較佳為以氟原子取代)取代之碳數4至40之2價有機基,更佳為可以碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基、或碳數6至12之芳基(該等基中的氫原子可以鹵原子取代,較佳為以氟原子取代)取代之具有環狀結構之碳數4至40之2價有機基。又,碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基、或碳數6至12之芳基的例子係與後述式(3)中之R3a及R3b的相關例示相同。環狀結構可舉出脂環、芳香環、雜環結構。Z之有機基可舉例如式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所示基之鍵結鍵中,不鄰接的2個鍵結鍵被置換為氫原子的基及碳數6以下之2價鏈式烴基,Z之雜環結構可舉例如具有噻吩環骨架的基。以容易降低聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之YI值之觀點、容易提高全光線穿透率之觀點、及容易降低霧度之觀點來看,Z中的環狀結構較佳為式(20)至式(29)所示基、及具有噻吩環骨架的基,更佳為式(26)、式(28)及式(29)所示基。 In formula (2), Z is a divalent organic group, preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons (among these groups The hydrogen atom can be replaced by a halogen atom, preferably a divalent organic group with 4 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms A divalent organic group with 4 to 40 carbons having a ring structure substituted by an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbon atoms (the hydrogen atoms in these groups may be replaced by halogen atoms, preferably fluorine atoms). In addition, examples of an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons are the same as those for R 3a and R 3b in formula (3) described later. . Examples of the cyclic structure include an alicyclic ring, an aromatic ring, and a heterocyclic structure. The organic group of Z can be for example formula (20), formula (21), formula (22), formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula (28) ) and the bonding bond of the group shown in formula (29), the two non-adjacent bonding bonds are replaced by a hydrogen atom group and a divalent chain hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 6 or less. The heterocyclic structure of Z can be exemplified A group having a thiophene ring skeleton. From the viewpoint of easily reducing the YI value of the polyimide resin film, the viewpoint of easily improving the total light transmittance, and the viewpoint of easily reducing the haze, the ring structure in Z is preferably from formula (20) to The group represented by formula (29) and the group having a thiophene ring skeleton are more preferably groups represented by formula (26), formula (28) and formula (29).

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0024-13
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0024-13

[式(20)至式(29)中,W1表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-、-CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-Ar-、-SO2-、-CO-、-O-Ar-O-、-Ar-O-Ar-、-Ar-CH2-Ar-、-Ar-C(CH3)2-Ar-或-Ar-SO2-Ar-,在此,Ar互相獨立地表示氫原子可以氟原子取代之碳數6至20之伸芳基(例如伸苯基),*表示鍵結鍵]。 [In formula (20) to formula (29), W 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -Ar-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-Ar-O-, -Ar-O-Ar-, -Ar-CH 2 -Ar-, - Ar-C(CH 3 ) 2 -Ar- or -Ar-SO 2 -Ar-, here, Ar independently represents an aryl group with 6 to 20 carbon atoms (such as phenylene group) in which a hydrogen atom can be substituted by a fluorine atom ), * represents the bonding key].

Z之有機基更佳為式(20’)、式(21’)、式(22’)、式(23’)、式(24’)、式(25’)、式(26’)、式(27’)、式(28’)及式(29’)所示2價有機基。 The organic group of Z is more preferably formula (20'), formula (21'), formula (22'), formula (23'), formula (24'), formula (25'), formula (26'), formula (27'), a divalent organic group represented by formula (28') and formula (29').

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0025-14
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0025-14

[式(20’)至式(29’)中,W1及*為式(20)至式(29)中所定義者] [In the formula (20') to the formula (29'), W 1 and * are defined in the formula (20) to the formula (29)]

又,式(20)至式(29)及式(20’)至式(29’)中的環上的氫原子可以碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基、或碳數6至12之芳基[該等基中的氫原子可以鹵原子(較佳為氟原子)取代]取代。 Also, the hydrogen atom on the ring in formula (20) to formula (29) and formula (20') to formula (29') can be an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, Or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms [the hydrogen atoms in these groups may be replaced by halogen atoms (preferably fluorine atoms)] to replace.

以容易提高清漆之成膜性及膜之均勻性之觀點來看,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂具有式(2)中之Z為上述式(20’)至式(29’)之任一者所示結構單元時,尤其是式(2)中之Z具有後述式(3’)所示結構單元時,較佳為聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂除了具有該結構單元以外,還進一步具有下式(d1)所示源自於羧酸之結構單元。 From the standpoint of improving the film-forming properties of the varnish and the uniformity of the film, the polyamideimide resin has the formula (2) where Z is any one of the above-mentioned formula (20') to formula (29'). When the structural unit is shown, especially when Z in the formula (2) has the structural unit shown in the following formula (3'), it is preferred that the polyamideimide resin further has the following formula in addition to the structural unit (d1) represents a structural unit derived from a carboxylic acid.

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0026-15
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0026-15

[式(d1)中,R41互相獨立地為後述式(3)中之R3a所定義的基或氫原子,R42表示R41或-C(=O)-*,*表示鍵結鍵]。結構單元(d1)具體而言可舉出R41及R42皆為氫原子之結構單元(源自於二羧酸化合物之結構單元)、R41皆為氫原子且R42表示-C(=O)-*之結構單元(源自於三羧酸化合物之結構單元)等。 [In formula (d1), R 41 is independently a group or a hydrogen atom defined by R 3a in the following formula (3), R 42 represents R 41 or -C(=O)-*, * represents a bond ]. The structural unit (d1) specifically includes a structural unit in which both R 41 and R 42 are hydrogen atoms (derived from a structural unit of a dicarboxylic acid compound), R 41 is both a hydrogen atom and R 42 represents -C(= Structural units of O)-* (structural units derived from tricarboxylic acid compounds), etc.

聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂能夠包含複數種之Z作為式(2)中之Z,複數種之Z可互相相同或相異。尤其,以容易提升膜之拉伸彈性模數、且容易提高光學特性之觀點來看,式(2)中之Z較佳為至少具有式(6)所示結構單元,更佳為至少具有式(6’)所示結構單元。 The polyamideimide resin can contain plural kinds of Z as Z in the formula (2), and the plural kinds of Z may be the same or different from each other. In particular, from the standpoint of easily improving the tensile modulus of the film and improving the optical properties, Z in formula (2) preferably has at least the structural unit shown in formula (6), more preferably has at least the formula The structural unit shown in (6').

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0026-16
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0026-16

[式(6)中,R3a及R3b互相獨立地表示碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基、或碳數6至12之芳基,R3a及R3b所含有氫原子互相獨立地可以鹵原子取代,W互相獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-、-CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-或-N(R9)-,R9表示 氫原子、可以鹵原子取代之碳數1至12之一價烴基,s為0至4之整數,t為0至4之整數,u為0至4之整數,*表示鍵結鍵]。 [In formula (6), R 3a and R 3b independently represent an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons, R 3a and R 3b The contained hydrogen atoms may independently be replaced by halogen atoms, and W independently represent single bonds, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 9 )-, R 9 represents a hydrogen atom, carbon number 1 to 12 which may be substituted by a halogen atom A monovalent hydrocarbon group, s is an integer from 0 to 4, t is an integer from 0 to 4, u is an integer from 0 to 4, and * represents a bond].

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0027-17
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0027-17

[式(6’)中,R3a、R3b、s、t、u、W及*為式(6)中所定義者] [In formula (6'), R 3a , R 3b , s, t, u, W and * are those defined in formula (6)]

又,本說明書中,所謂之「聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂具有式(2)中之Z為式(6)所示結構單元」及「聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂具有式(6)所示結構作為式(2)中之Z」為相同意義,意指聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂能夠包含之複數個式(2)所示結構單元中,至少一部分之結構單元的Z為式(6)所示者。 Also, in this specification, so-called "polyamide imide resin has Z in formula (2) is the structural unit shown in formula (6)" and "polyamide imide resin has formula (6) Showing the structure as "Z" in the formula (2) has the same meaning, which means that among the plurality of structural units shown in the formula (2) that the polyamide imide resin can contain, Z of at least a part of the structural units is the formula (6 ) shown.

此記載形式亦可套用於其他記載中。 This record form can also be applied to other records.

式(6)及式(6’)中,W互相獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-、-CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-或-N(R9)-,以聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之耐彎曲性之觀點來看,較佳為表示-O-或-S-,更佳為表示-O-。 In formula (6) and formula (6'), W independently represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO-, or -N(R 9 )-, based on the bending resistance of polyimide resin films and optical laminates From the standpoint, it is preferably -O- or -S-, more preferably -O-.

R3a及R3b互相獨立地表示碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基、或碳數6至12之芳基。碳數1至6之烷基可舉例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、2-甲基-丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基-丙基、正己基等。碳數1至6之烷氧基可舉例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙基氧基、異丙基氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第三丁氧基、戊基氧基、己基氧基、環己基氧基等。碳數6至12之芳基可舉例如苯基、甲苯基、茬 基、萘基、聯苯基等。以聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數、表面硬度及柔軟性之觀點來看,R3a及R3b較佳為互相獨立地表示碳數1至6之烷基或碳數1至6之烷氧基,更佳為表示碳數1至3之烷基或碳數1至3之烷氧基。在此,R3a及R3b所含有氫原子互相獨立地可以鹵原子取代。 R 3a and R 3b independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons. Alkyl groups with 1 to 6 carbons can be, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second-butyl, third-butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methyl-butyl , 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethyl-propyl, n-hexyl, etc. Alkoxy groups with 1 to 6 carbons can be exemplified by methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, isopropyloxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy , Hexyloxy, Cyclohexyloxy, etc. The aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms includes, for example, phenyl, tolyl, stubyl, naphthyl, biphenyl and the like. From the viewpoint of the tensile modulus of elasticity, surface hardness and flexibility of the polyimide resin film and the optical laminate, R 3a and R 3b preferably independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or The alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons more preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbons. Here, hydrogen atoms contained in R 3a and R 3b may be independently substituted with halogen atoms.

R9表示氫原子、可以鹵原子取代之碳數1至12之一價烴基。碳數1至12之一價烴基可舉例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、2-甲基-丁基、3-甲基-丁基、2-乙基-丙基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、第三辛基、正壬基、正癸基等,該等可以鹵原子取代。前述鹵原子可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。 R 9 represents a hydrogen atom, a valent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbons which may be substituted by a halogen atom. Monovalent hydrocarbon groups with 1 to 12 carbons can be exemplified by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second-butyl, third-butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methyl-butyl group, 3-methyl-butyl group, 2-ethyl-propyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, tertiary octyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group, etc., which may be substituted by halogen atoms. Examples of the aforementioned halogen atom include fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom and the like.

式(6)及式(6’)中,t及u係互相獨立地為0至4之整數,較佳為0至2之整數,更佳為1或2。 In formula (6) and formula (6'), t and u are independently an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2.

式(6)中及式(6’)中,s為0至4之範圍之整數,s若在該範圍內,則容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性,且更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷。式(6)及式(6’)中,以更容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點來看,s較佳為0至3之範圍之整數,更佳為0至2之範圍之整數,又更佳為0或1,又再更佳為0。聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中,在Z中可包含1種或2種以上之式(6)或式(6’)所示結構單元。 In the formula (6) and the formula (6'), s is an integer in the range of 0 to 4, if s is within this range, it is easy to improve the tensile modulus of elasticity of the polyimide resin film and the optical laminate And bending resistance, and it is easier to reduce the sag of the optical laminate. In formula (6) and formula (6'), s is preferably from 0 to 3 from the viewpoint of improving the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the polyimide resin film and the optical laminate more easily. The integer in the range is more preferably an integer in the range of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, still more preferably 0. In the polyamideimide resin, Z may contain one or more structural units represented by formula (6) or formula (6').

本發明之一較佳實施型態中,以提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性、且降低YI值之觀點來看,Z較佳為式(6)或式(6’)所示者,其中,s為0,且u較佳為1至3,更佳為1或2。 又,除了具有式(2)所示結構單元且該式(2)具有s為0之式(6)或式(6’)所示Z以外,較佳為進一步具有上述式(d1)所示結構單元。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, from the viewpoint of improving the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the polyimide resin film and the optical laminate, and reducing the YI value, Z is preferably represented by the formula ( 6) or represented by formula (6′), wherein, s is 0, and u is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2. Also, in addition to Z shown in formula (6) or formula (6') having a structural unit shown in formula (2) and this formula (2) has s as 0, preferably further has the formula (d1) shown in the above Structural units.

聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂具有式(6)或式(6’)所示結構單元時,其比例在以聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之式(1)所示結構單元及式(2)所示結構單元的合計為100莫耳%時,較佳為20莫耳%以上,更佳為30莫耳%以上,又更佳為40莫耳%以上,又再更佳為50莫耳%以上,特佳為60莫耳%以上,較佳為90莫耳%以下,更佳為85莫耳%以下,又更佳為80莫耳%以下。式(6)或式(6’)所示結構單元的比例若為上述的下限以上,則容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性。式(6)或式(6’)所示結構單元的比例若為上述的上限以下,則可抑制源自於式(6)之醯胺鍵結間的氫鍵所造成含有樹脂的清漆的黏度上升,容易提升膜之加工性。又,式(1)、式(2)、式(6)或式(6’)所示結構單元的比例,例如可使用1H-NMR測定,也可從原料的饋入比例來計算出。 When polyamide imide resin has structural unit shown in formula (6) or formula (6 '), its ratio is represented by structural unit shown in formula (1) and formula (2) with polyamide imide resin When the total of the structural units is 100 mol %, it is preferably at least 20 mol %, more preferably at least 30 mol %, more preferably at least 40 mol %, and more preferably at least 50 mol % , especially preferably more than 60 mol%, more preferably less than 90 mol%, more preferably less than 85 mol%, and more preferably less than 80 mol%. When the ratio of the structural unit represented by formula (6) or formula (6') is more than the above-mentioned lower limit, the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance of the polyimide-based resin film and the optical laminate can be easily improved. If the proportion of the structural unit represented by the formula (6) or the formula (6') is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the viscosity of the resin-containing varnish caused by the hydrogen bond between the amide bonds of the formula (6) can be suppressed Rising, it is easy to improve the processability of the film. Also, the ratio of the structural unit represented by formula (1), formula (2), formula (6) or formula (6') can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, or can be calculated from the charging ratio of raw materials.

本發明之一較佳實施型態中,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之Z較佳為30莫耳%以上係s為0至4之式(6)或式(6’)所示結構單元,更佳為40莫耳%以上,又更佳為45莫耳%以上,又更佳為50莫耳%以上。若Z之上述的下限以上係s為0至4之式(6)或式(6’)所示結構單元,則容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性。又,若為聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中的Z之100莫耳%以下係s為0至4之式(6)或式(6’)所示結構單元即可。又,樹脂中的s為0至4之式(6)或式(6’)所示結構單元的比例,例如可使用1H-NMR測定,也可從原料的饋入比例來計算出。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z in the polyamide imide resin is preferably more than 30 mole %, and the structural unit represented by formula (6) or formula (6') in which s is 0 to 4 , more preferably at least 40 mol%, more preferably at least 45 mol%, and more preferably at least 50 mol%. If the above-mentioned lower limit of Z is more than the structural unit shown in formula (6) or formula (6') in which s is 0 to 4, then it is easy to improve the tensile elastic modulus and the tensile modulus of the polyimide resin film and the optical laminate Bending resistance. Also, as long as it is a structural unit represented by formula (6) or formula (6') in which s is 0 to 4 in the polyamideimide resin, Z is less than 100 mol%. Moreover, the proportion of the structural unit represented by formula (6) or formula (6') in which s is 0 to 4 in the resin can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, or can be calculated from the charging ratio of raw materials.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂為聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂時,相對於式(1)所示結構單元1莫耳,式(2)所示結構單元的含量較佳為0.1莫耳以上,更佳為0.5莫耳以上,又更佳為1.0莫耳以上,又再更佳為1.5莫耳以上,較佳為6.0莫耳以下,更佳為5.0莫耳以下,又更佳為4.5莫耳以下。式(2)所示結構單元的含量若為上述的下限以上,則容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之耐衝擊性及拉伸彈性模數。又,式(2)所示結構單元的含量若為上述的上限以下,則容易抑制式(2)中醯胺鍵結間的氫鍵所造成的增黏,容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之加工性。 When polyimide resin is polyamide imide resin, relative to 1 mole of structural unit shown in formula (1), the content of structural unit shown in formula (2) is preferably more than 0.1 mole, more preferably It is 0.5 mol or more, more preferably 1.0 mol or more, still more preferably 1.5 mol or more, preferably 6.0 mol or less, more preferably 5.0 mol or less, and more preferably 4.5 mol or less. When the content of the structural unit represented by the formula (2) is more than the above lower limit, the impact resistance and tensile modulus of the polyimide-based resin film and the optical layered body will be easily improved. Also, if the content of the structural unit represented by the formula (2) is below the above-mentioned upper limit, it is easy to suppress the thickening caused by the hydrogen bond between the amide bonds in the formula (2), and it is easy to improve the polyimide resin film. The processability.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂可為包含式(30)所示結構單元及/或式(31)所示結構單元者,也可為除了包含式(1)及視需要之式(2)所示結構單元以外還包含式(30)所示結構單元及/或式(31)所示結構單元者。 The polyimide-based resin may comprise the structural unit shown in formula (30) and/or the structural unit shown in formula (31), and may also be a structure other than the structure shown in formula (1) and formula (2) as required In addition to the unit, a structural unit represented by formula (30) and/or a structural unit represented by formula (31) are included.

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0030-18
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0030-18

式(30)中,Y1為4價有機基,較佳為有機基中之氫原子可以烴基或氟取代烴基取代之有機基。Y1可舉例如式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所示基、該式(20)至式(29)所示基中之氫原子以甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基取代之基、以及4價碳數6以下之鏈式烴基。本發明一實施型態中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂可含有複數種之Y1,而複數種之Y1可互相相同或相異。 In the formula (30), Y 1 is a tetravalent organic group, preferably an organic group in which the hydrogen atoms in the organic group can be replaced by a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. Y can be for example formula (20), formula (21), formula (22), formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula (28) and A group represented by formula (29), a group in which the hydrogen atoms in the groups represented by formula (20) to formula (29) are substituted with methyl, fluorine, chlorine or trifluoromethyl, and a group having 6 or less tetravalent carbons The chain hydrocarbon group. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide-based resin may contain multiple types of Y 1 , and the multiple types of Y 1 may be the same or different from each other.

式(31)中,Y2為3價有機基,較佳為有機基中之氫原子可經烴基或氟取代烴基所取代之有機基。Y2可舉例如上述式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所示基之任一鍵結鍵置換為氫原子的基、及3價之碳數6以下之鏈式烴基。本發明一實施型態中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂可含有複數種之Y2,複數種之Y2可互相相同或相異。 In formula (31), Y 2 is a trivalent organic group, preferably an organic group in which the hydrogen atoms in the organic group can be replaced by hydrocarbon groups or fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon groups. Y can be exemplified by the above formula (20), formula (21), formula (22), formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula (28) and any bond of the group represented by the formula (29) is replaced by a hydrogen atom, and a trivalent chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or less carbon atoms. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide-based resin may contain multiple types of Y 2 , and the multiple types of Y 2 may be the same or different from each other.

式(30)及式(31)中,X1及X2互相獨立地為2價有機基,較佳為有機基中之氫原子可經烴基或氟取代烴基所取代之有機基。X1及X2可舉例如上述式(10)、式(11)、式(12)、式(13)、式(14)、式(15)、式(16)、式(17)及式(18)所示基;該式(10)至式(18)所示基中之氫原子以甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基取代之基;以及碳數6以下之鏈式烴基。 In formula (30) and formula (31), X 1 and X 2 are independently divalent organic groups, preferably organic groups in which hydrogen atoms in the organic groups can be replaced by hydrocarbon groups or fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon groups. X1 and X2 can be, for example, the above formula (10), formula (11), formula (12), formula (13), formula (14), formula (15), formula (16), formula (17) and formula The group represented by (18); the hydrogen atom in the group represented by the formula (10) to the formula (18) is replaced by a methyl group, a fluorine group, a chlorine group or a trifluoromethyl group; and a chain having 6 or less carbon atoms Hydrocarbyl.

本發明一實施型態中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂為式(1)及/或式(2)所示結構單元、以及視需要之式(30)及/或式(31)所示結構單元所構成。又,以減少光學積層體的凹陷、耐彎曲性、且容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之透明性及拉伸彈性模數之觀點來看,上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂中,基於式(1)及式(2)、以及視需要之式(30)及式(31)所示全部結構單元,式(1)及式(2)所示結構單元的比例較佳為80莫耳%以上,更佳為90莫耳%以上,又更佳為95莫耳%以上。又,聚醯亞胺系樹脂中,基於式(1)及式(2),以及視需要之式(30)及/或式(31)所示全部結構單元,式(1)及式(2)所示結構單元的比例通常為100%以下。又,上述比例,例如可使用1H-NMR測定,也可從原料的饋入比例來計算出。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide resin is a structural unit represented by formula (1) and/or formula (2), and a structural unit represented by formula (30) and/or formula (31) if necessary constituted. Also, from the viewpoint of reducing the sagging of the optical laminate, bending resistance, and easily improving the transparency and tensile modulus of the polyimide resin film, among the above polyimide resins, based on the formula ( 1) and formula (2), and all structural units shown in formula (30) and formula (31) as required, the proportion of structural units shown in formula (1) and formula (2) is preferably more than 80 mole % , more preferably more than 90 mole%, and more preferably more than 95 mole%. Also, in polyimide resins, based on formula (1) and formula (2), and all structural units shown in formula (30) and/or formula (31) as required, formula (1) and formula (2 ) The ratio of the structural unit represented by ) is usually 100% or less. In addition, the said ratio can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, and can also be calculated from the charging ratio of a raw material.

本發明一實施型態中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜中的聚醯亞胺系樹脂之含量相對於該膜100質量份較佳為10質量份以上,更佳為30質量份以上,又更佳為50質量份以上,較佳為99.5質量份以下,更佳為95質量份以下。聚醯亞胺系樹脂之含量若在上述範圍內,則容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之化學性穩定性、光學特性、耐衝擊性及拉伸彈性模數,且更容易減少光學積層體之凹陷。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the content of the polyimide-based resin in the polyimide-based resin film is preferably at least 10 parts by mass, more preferably at least 30 parts by mass, and even more preferably 100 parts by mass of the film. Preferably, it is 50 mass parts or more, More preferably, it is 99.5 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 95 mass parts or less. If the content of the polyimide resin is within the above range, it is easy to improve the chemical stability, optical properties, impact resistance and tensile elastic modulus of the polyimide resin film, and it is easier to reduce the optical laminate. the depression.

以容易減少光學積層體之凹陷、且容易提高拉伸彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點來看,聚醯亞胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量以標準聚苯乙烯換算較佳為200,000以上,更佳為230,000以上,又更佳為250,000以上,又再更佳為270,000以上,特佳為280,000以上,又特佳為300,000以上。又,以容易提高該樹脂對於溶劑的溶解性、且容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之延伸性及加工性之觀點來看,聚醯亞胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為1,000,000以下,更佳為800,000以下,又更佳為700,000以下,又更佳為500,000以下。重量平均分子量例如可進行GPC測定並以標準聚苯乙烯換算而求出。 From the standpoint of reducing the dent of the optical laminate and improving the tensile elastic modulus and bending resistance, the weight average molecular weight of the polyimide resin is preferably 200,000 or more in terms of standard polystyrene, more preferably It is above 230,000, more preferably above 250,000, still more preferably above 270,000, particularly preferably above 280,000, and most preferably above 300,000. Also, from the standpoint of improving the solubility of the resin to solvents and improving the extensibility and processability of the polyimide resin film, the weight average molecular weight of the polyimide resin is preferably 1,000,000 or less. More preferably, it is 800,000 or less, more preferably 700,000 or less, and still more preferably 500,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight can be calculated|required in standard polystyrene conversion, for example by GPC measurement.

本發明之一較佳實施型態中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜所包含之聚醯亞胺系樹脂可含有例如氟原子等鹵原子,其係可藉由上述含氟取代基等而導入者。聚醯亞胺系樹脂含有鹵原子時,容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數且降低YI值。若聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之YI值較低,則變得容易提高該膜之透明性及視認性。鹵原子較佳為氟原子。用以使聚醯亞胺系樹脂含有氟原子之較佳含氟取代基可舉例如氟基及三氟甲基。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide resin contained in the polyimide resin film may contain halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, which can be introduced through the above-mentioned fluorine-containing substituents, etc. . When the polyimide-based resin contains a halogen atom, the tensile modulus of the polyimide-based resin film and the optical laminate tends to increase and the YI value decreases. When the YI value of a polyimide-type resin film is low, it becomes easy to improve the transparency and visibility of the said film. The halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom. Preferred fluorine-containing substituents for making the polyimide resin contain fluorine atoms include fluorine and trifluoromethyl.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂中的鹵原子之含量分別以聚醯亞胺系樹脂之質量為基準而言,較佳為1至40質量%,更佳為5至40質量%,又更佳為5至30質量%。鹵原子之含量若為上述的下限以上,則容易進一步提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數、更為降低YI值、並進一步提高透明性及視認性。鹵原子之含量若為上述的上限以下,則變得容易合成。 The content of halogen atoms in the polyimide resin is based on the mass of the polyimide resin, preferably 1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 40% by mass, and more preferably 5% by mass. to 30% by mass. If the content of the halogen atoms is more than the above lower limit, the tensile modulus of the polyimide resin film and the optical laminate can be further increased, the YI value can be further reduced, and the transparency and visibility can be further improved. Synthesis|combination becomes easy as content of a halogen atom is below the said upper limit.

本發明之另一較佳實施型態中,由於若是含有矽原子,則有玻璃轉移溫度降低之傾向,故聚醯亞胺系樹脂所含有的矽原子之含量係以較少為佳。聚醯亞胺系樹脂所含有的矽原子之含量以聚醯亞胺系樹脂之質量為基準,較佳為5質量%以下,更佳為3質量%以下,又更佳為1質量%以下,又再更佳為0.5質量%以下。聚醯亞胺系樹脂特佳為實質上不含矽原子。 In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, since the glass transition temperature tends to decrease if silicon atoms are contained, the content of silicon atoms contained in the polyimide resin is preferably less. The content of silicon atoms contained in the polyimide-based resin is based on the mass of the polyimide-based resin, preferably not more than 5% by mass, more preferably not more than 3% by mass, and more preferably not more than 1% by mass. Still more preferably, it is at most 0.5% by mass. It is particularly preferable that the polyimide-based resin does not substantially contain a silicon atom.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂之醯亞胺化率較佳為90%以上,更佳為93%以上,又更佳為96%以上。以容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之光學特性之觀點來看,醯亞胺化率較佳為上述的下限以上。又,醯亞胺化率上限為100%以下。醯亞胺化率係表示聚醯亞胺系樹脂中醯亞胺鍵結的莫耳量相對於聚醯亞胺系樹脂中源自於四羧酸化合物之結構單元的莫耳量的2倍之值的比例。又,聚醯亞胺系樹脂含有三羧酸化合物時,係表示聚醯亞胺系樹脂中醯亞胺鍵結的莫耳量相對於為聚醯亞胺系樹脂中源自於四羧酸化合物之結構單元的莫耳量的2倍值與源自於三羧酸化合物之結構單元的莫耳量的合計的比例。又,醯亞胺化率可藉由IR法、NMR法等而求出。 The imidization rate of the polyimide resin is preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 93%, and still more preferably at least 96%. From the viewpoint of improving the optical characteristics of the polyimide-based resin film and the optical laminate easily, the imidization rate is preferably not less than the above-mentioned lower limit. Also, the upper limit of the imidization ratio is 100% or less. The imidization rate means that the molar amount of the imide bond in the polyimide-based resin is twice the molar amount of the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound in the polyimide-based resin value ratio. Also, when the polyimide-based resin contains a tricarboxylic acid compound, it means that the molar amount of the imide bond in the polyimide-based resin is derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound in the polyimide-based resin. The ratio of the double value of the molar amount of the structural unit derived from the tricarboxylic acid compound to the total of the molar amount of the structural unit derived from the tricarboxylic acid compound. Also, the imidization ratio can be determined by an IR method, an NMR method, or the like.

本發明之光學積層體中作為基材層而含有之聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之拉伸速度為0.1m/秒時的降伏應力較佳為200MPa以上,更佳為210MPa以上,更佳為220MPa以上,又更佳為230MPa以上,又再更佳為240MPa以上。聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之該降伏應力未達上述的下限時,則於施加應力時,功能層及光學積層體會一同因為較大的應變而容易變形,而容易因為經由功能層之外部接觸而於表面產生並殘留凹陷。聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之該降伏應力為上述的下限以上時,容易減少因與外在因素接觸而於表面產生的凹陷,而且還容易提高已產生的凹陷之復原性。以更容易提高光學積層體之耐折性之觀點來看,聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之拉伸速度為0.1m/秒時的降伏應力較佳為400MPa以下,更佳為300MPa以下。上述降伏應力係以聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜為測定試料,並以拉伸速度為0.1m/秒時根據ASTM D638-14之拉伸試驗而得的應力-應變曲線所獲得的值,例如可使用實施例所記載之方法測定。 The yield stress of the polyimide-based resin film contained as the substrate layer in the optical laminate of the present invention is preferably 200 MPa or more, more preferably 210 MPa or more, and more preferably 220 MPa at a tensile speed of 0.1 m/sec. Above, more preferably above 230MPa, still more preferably above 240MPa. When the yield stress of the polyimide resin film does not reach the above-mentioned lower limit, when stress is applied, the functional layer and the optical layered body are easily deformed due to a large strain, and are easily damaged due to external contact through the functional layer. Depressions are created and remain on the surface. When the yield stress of the polyimide-based resin film is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, it is easy to reduce the dents generated on the surface due to contact with external factors, and it is also easy to improve the recovery of the generated dents. From the viewpoint of making it easier to improve the folding resistance of the optical laminate, the polyimide resin film has a yield stress of preferably 400 MPa or less, more preferably 300 MPa or less, at a tensile speed of 0.1 m/sec. The above-mentioned yield stress is the value obtained from the stress-strain curve obtained by the tensile test of ASTM D638-14 when the tensile speed is 0.1m/second with the polyimide resin film as the measurement sample, for example, it can be Measured using the method described in the examples.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之厚度較佳為5μm以上,更佳為10μm以上,又更佳為20μm以上,又再更佳為25μm以上,特佳為30μm以上,又特佳為40μm以上,極佳為45μm以上,較佳為200μm以下,更佳為100μm以下,又更佳為80μm以下,特佳為60μm以下,可為該等上限與下限之組合。聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之厚度若在上述範圍內,則容易將光學積層體之降伏應力調整在上述範圍內,且容易減少光學積層體之凹陷。 The thickness of the polyimide resin film is preferably at least 5 μm, more preferably at least 10 μm, more preferably at least 20 μm, still more preferably at least 25 μm, particularly preferably at least 30 μm, and particularly preferably at least 40 μm. It is preferably at least 45 μm, more preferably at most 200 μm, more preferably at most 100 μm, even more preferably at most 80 μm, particularly preferably at most 60 μm, and may be a combination of these upper and lower limits. When the thickness of the polyimide resin film is within the above range, it is easy to adjust the yield stress of the optical layered body within the above range, and it is easy to reduce the sinking of the optical layered body.

以容易獲得光學積層體之上述特性之觀點來看,本發明之光學積層體中作為基材層而含有之聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之拉伸彈性模數、耐折 次數、YI值、全光線穿透率及霧度較佳為於上述針對本發明之光學積層體所記載之較佳範圍內。 From the viewpoint of easily obtaining the above-mentioned characteristics of the optical layered body, the tensile elastic modulus and folding resistance of the polyimide-based resin film contained as the base material layer in the optical layered body of the present invention The frequency, YI value, total light transmittance and haze are preferably within the preferred ranges described above for the optical laminate of the present invention.

聚醯亞胺樹脂及聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂例如可將四羧酸化合物及二胺化合物作為主要原料而製造,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物樹脂可將例如四羧酸化合物、二羧酸化合物及二胺化合物作為主要原料而製造。 Polyimide resins and polyimide precursor resins can be produced, for example, using tetracarboxylic acid compounds and diamine compounds as main raw materials, and polyamide imide resins and polyamide imide precursor resins can be, for example, Tetracarboxylic acid compounds, dicarboxylic acid compounds, and diamine compounds are produced as main raw materials.

製造聚醯亞胺系樹脂所使用之四羧酸化合物較佳為至少包含式(X)所示化合物。更佳為進一步包含式(Y)所示化合物。 The tetracarboxylic acid compound used in the production of the polyimide resin preferably contains at least the compound represented by formula (X). It is more preferable to further include a compound represented by formula (Y).

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0035-19
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0035-19

[式(X)中,R1至R5、n及m分別與式(3)中之R1至R5、n及m相同] [In formula (X), R 1 to R 5 , n and m are the same as R 1 to R 5 , n and m in formula (3) respectively]

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0035-20
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0035-20

[式(Y)中,B、R7及t分別與式(5)中之B、R7及t相同]。 [In formula (Y), B, R 7 and t are the same as B, R 7 and t in formula (5) respectively].

式(X)所示化合物可藉由慣用方法,例如使偏苯三酸酐或其衍生物與芳香族二醇反應而得,也可使用市售品。 The compound represented by formula (X) can be obtained by a conventional method, for example, by reacting trimellitic anhydride or a derivative thereof with an aromatic diol, and a commercially available product can also be used.

式(1)及式(30)所示結構單元通常為由二胺化合物與四羧酸化合物所衍生。式(31)所示結構單元通常為由二胺化合物與三羧酸化合物所衍生。 The structural units represented by formula (1) and formula (30) are generally derived from diamine compounds and tetracarboxylic acid compounds. The structural unit represented by formula (31) is usually derived from a diamine compound and a tricarboxylic acid compound.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂之合成所使用之四羧酸化合物可舉出芳香族四羧酸二酐等芳香族四羧酸化合物;及脂肪族四羧酸二酐等脂肪族四羧酸化合物等。四羧酸化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。四羧酸化合物除了可為二酐以外,也可為醯氯化物等四羧酸化合物類似物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic acid compound used in the synthesis of the polyimide resin include aromatic tetracarboxylic acid compounds such as aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid compounds such as aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. A tetracarboxylic acid compound can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. As the tetracarboxylic acid compound, other than dianhydrides, tetracarboxylic acid compound analogues such as acyl chlorides may be used.

製造樹脂所使用之四羧酸化合物可舉出芳香族四羧酸二酐等芳香族四羧酸化合物;及脂肪族四羧酸二酐等脂肪族四羧酸化合物等。四羧酸化合物可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。四羧酸化合物除了可為二酐以外,也可為醯氯化物等四羧酸化合物類似物。 Aromatic tetracarboxylic acid compounds, such as aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides; Aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid compounds, such as aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, etc. are mentioned as a tetracarboxylic-acid compound used for resin manufacture. A tetracarboxylic acid compound can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. As the tetracarboxylic acid compound, other than dianhydrides, tetracarboxylic acid compound analogues such as acyl chlorides may be used.

芳香族四羧酸二酐之具體例可舉出非縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐、單環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐及縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐。非縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐可舉例如4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基酮四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯基四羧酸二酐(以下稱為BPDA)、2,2’,3,3’-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基苯基)丙烷二酐、4,4’-(六氟異亞丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(以下稱為6FDA)、1,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、4,4’-(對伸苯基二氧)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、4,4’-(間伸苯基二氧)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐。又,單環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐可舉例如1,2,4,5-苯四羧酸二酐,縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐可舉例如2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐。 Specific examples of aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include non-condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, monocyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, and condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides. anhydride. Non-condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylketone tetracarboxylic dianhydride , 2,2',3,3'-diphenyl ketone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride (hereinafter referred to as BPDA), 2,2' ,3,3'-Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-Diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) Propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 4,4'- (Hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic dianhydride (hereinafter referred to as 6FDA), 1,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2, 3-Dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, 1,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride anhydride, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, 4,4'-(terephenylene dioxy)diphthalic acid Dianhydride, 4,4'-(m-phenylenedioxy)diphthalic dianhydride. Also, the monocyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be exemplified by 1,2,4,5-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be exemplified by 2,3, 6,7-Naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

該等之中,較佳可舉出4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基酮四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基酮四羧酸二酐、BPDA、2,2’,3,3’-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基苯基)丙烷二酐、6FDA、1,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、4,4’-(對伸苯基二氧)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐及4,4’-(間伸苯基二氧)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐;更佳為可舉出4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、BPDA、2,2’,3,3’-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、6FDA、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐及4,4’-(對伸苯基二氧)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐。該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Among these, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl ketone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-Diphenylketonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, BPDA, 2,2',3,3'-Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-Diphenylphenone Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis( 3,4-dicarboxyphenoxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 6FDA, 1,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxy Phenyl)ethanedianhydride, 1,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, bis( 3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, 4,4'-(p-phenylene dioxy)diphthalic dianhydride and 4 ,4'-(m-phenylenedioxy)diphthalic dianhydride; more preferably 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, BPDA, 2,2',3, 3'-Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 6FDA, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride and 4,4'-(terephenylene dioxy)diphthalic dianhydride. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

脂肪族四羧酸二酐可舉出環式或非環式之脂肪族四羧酸二酐。環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐是指具有脂環式烴結構之四羧酸二酐,其具體例可舉出:1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二酐等環烷四羧酸二酐,雙環[2.2.2]辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、二環己基-3,3’,4,4’-四羧酸二酐及該等的位置異構物。該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。非環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐之具體例可舉出1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二酐、及1,2,3,4-戊烷四羧酸二酐等,該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。又,亦可組合使用環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐及非環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐。 Cyclic or acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are mentioned as aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Cycloaliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride refers to tetracarboxylic dianhydride with alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Specific examples include: 1,2,4,5-cyclohexane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1, 2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, etc. cycloalkanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7- Alkene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, dicyclohexyl-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and positional isomers thereof. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Specific examples of acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-pentane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the like. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Moreover, a cycloaliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a noncyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride can also be used together.

上述四羧酸二酐中,以聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之高耐衝擊性、高拉伸彈性模數、高表面硬度、高透明性、高柔軟性、高耐彎 曲性及低著色性之觀點來看,較佳為4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基酮四羧酸二酐、BPDA、2,2’,3,3’-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、6FDA、以及該等的混合物,更佳為BPDA及6FDA、以及該等的混合物,又更佳為6FDA及BPDA。 Among the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, polyimide-based resin films and optical laminates have high impact resistance, high tensile elastic modulus, high surface hardness, high transparency, high flexibility, and high bending resistance. From the viewpoint of flexibility and low coloring property, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, BPDA are preferable , 2,2',3,3'-biphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4- Dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 6FDA, and a mixture thereof, more preferably BPDA and 6FDA, and a mixture thereof, and more preferably 6FDA and BPDA.

製造樹脂所使用之二胺化合物可舉例如脂肪族二胺、芳香族二胺及該等的混合物。又,本實施型態中「芳香族二胺」表示胺基直接鍵結於芳香環之二胺,可於其構造之一部分含有脂肪族基或其他取代基。該芳香環可為單環或縮合環,可舉例如苯環、萘環、蒽環及茀環等,但並不限定於該等。該等中較佳可舉例如苯環。又,「脂肪族二胺」表示胺基直接鍵結於脂肪族基之二胺,可於其構造之一部分含有芳香環或其他取代基。 Examples of diamine compounds used in the production of resins include aliphatic diamines, aromatic diamines, and mixtures thereof. Moreover, "aromatic diamine" in this embodiment means the diamine whose amine group is directly bonded to the aromatic ring, and may contain an aliphatic group or other substituents in a part of its structure. The aromatic ring may be a single ring or a condensed ring, such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, and oxene ring, but not limited thereto. Among these, a benzene ring is preferable. Also, "aliphatic diamine" means a diamine in which an amine group is directly bonded to an aliphatic group, and may contain an aromatic ring or other substituents in part of its structure.

脂肪族二胺可舉例如六亞甲基二胺等非環式脂肪族二胺、以及1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、降莰烷二胺及4,4’-二胺基二環己基甲烷等環式脂肪族二胺等。該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Aliphatic diamines include, for example, acyclic aliphatic diamines such as hexamethylenediamine, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, Cycloaliphatic diamines such as hexane, norbornane diamine, and 4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, etc. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

芳香族二胺可舉例如對苯二胺、間苯二胺、2,4-甲苯二胺、間二甲苯二胺、對二甲苯二胺、1,5-二胺基萘、2,6-二胺基萘等具有1個芳香環之芳香族二胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基丙烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚、3,4’-二胺基二苯基醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕碸、雙〔4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙 [4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2’-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基二苯基(亦記載為TFMB)、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-胺基-3-甲基苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-胺基-3-氯苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-胺基-3-氟苯基)茀等具有2個以上芳香環之芳香族二胺。該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Aromatic diamines include, for example, p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-toluenediamine, m-xylenediamine, p-xylenediamine, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6- Aromatic diamines having one aromatic ring such as diaminonaphthalene, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diamino Diphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-di Aminodiphenylphenoxide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylphenoxide, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy) Benzene, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]pyridine, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]pyridine, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amine phenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis [4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobis Phenyl (also recorded as TFMB), 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl) fluorine, 9,9-bis(4- Amino-3-methylphenyl) fluorine, 9,9-bis(4-amino-3-chlorophenyl) fluorine, 9,9-bis(4-amino-3-fluorophenyl) fluorine, etc. Aromatic diamines having two or more aromatic rings. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

芳香族二胺較佳為4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基丙烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕碸、雙〔4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2’-二甲基聯苯胺、TFMB、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯,更佳為4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基丙烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2’-二甲基聯苯胺、TFMB、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯。該等可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 Aromatic diamines are preferably 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylether, 3,3' -Diaminodiphenylether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylene, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene , bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]pyridine, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]pyridine, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino phenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, TFMB, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, more preferably 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diaminobis Phenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylphenylene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]pyridine , 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, TFMB, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy ) Biphenyl. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

上述二胺化合物中,以聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之高拉伸彈性模數、高透明性、高柔軟性、高耐彎曲性及低著色性之觀點來看,較佳為使用選自由具有聯苯結構之芳香族二胺所組成的群組之1種以上。更佳為使用選自由TFMB、2,2’-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯及4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚所組成的群組之1種以上,又更佳為使用TFMB。 Among the above-mentioned diamine compounds, it is preferable to use a polyimide resin film having a high modulus of elasticity, high transparency, high flexibility, high bending resistance, and low coloring properties. One or more types of the group consisting of aromatic diamines having a biphenyl structure. It is more preferable to use a compound selected from TFMB, 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)bis One or more types from the group consisting of benzene and 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and it is more preferable to use TFMB.

製造樹脂所使用之二羧酸化合物較佳為使用對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、4,4’-氧基二安息香酸或該等的醯氯化物。 The dicarboxylic acid compound used in the production of the resin is preferably terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 4,4'-oxydibenzoic acid or their acyl chlorides.

除了使用對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、4,4’-氧基二安息香酸或該等的醯氯化物,也可使用其他二羧酸化合物。其他二羧酸化合物可舉出芳香族二羧酸、脂肪族二羧酸及該等的類似之醯氯化物、酸酐等,也可組合2種以上使用。具體例可舉出間苯二甲酸;萘二羧酸;4,4’-聯苯基二羧酸;3,3’-聯苯基二羧酸;碳數8以下之鏈式烴之二羧酸化合物及2個安息香酸以單鍵、-CH2-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-SO2-或伸苯基連接之化合物、以及該等的醯氯化物。具體例較佳為4,4’-氧基雙(苯甲醯基氯化物)(以下亦記載為OBBC)、對苯二甲醯基氯化物(以下亦記載為TPC)或間苯二甲醯基氯化物,更佳為組合使用OBBC及TPC。 In addition to the use of terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 4,4'-oxydibenzoic acid or the acyl chlorides thereof, other dicarboxylic acid compounds may also be used. Examples of other dicarboxylic acid compounds include aromatic dicarboxylic acids, aliphatic dicarboxylic acids, and their similar acyl chlorides, acid anhydrides, and the like, and two or more of them may be used in combination. Specific examples include isophthalic acid; naphthalene dicarboxylic acid; 4,4'-biphenyl dicarboxylic acid; 3,3'-biphenyl dicarboxylic acid; Acid compounds and two benzoic acid compounds connected by a single bond, -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 - or phenylene, and such Acyl chloride. Specific examples are preferably 4,4'-oxybis(benzoyl chloride) (hereinafter also referred to as OBBC), terephthalyl chloride (hereinafter also referred to as TPC) or isophthalyl chloride Hydrochloride, more preferably a combination of OBBC and TPC.

又,上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂可為在不損及聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之各種物性之範圍內,除了上述四羧酸化合物以外還與四羧酸及三羧酸以及該等的酐及衍生物進一步反應者。 In addition, the above-mentioned polyimide-based resin may be mixed with tetracarboxylic acid, tricarboxylic acid, and anhydrides thereof in addition to the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic acid compound within a range that does not impair various physical properties of the polyimide-based resin film. And derivatives further responders.

四羧酸可舉出上述四羧酸化合物之酐之水加成物。 As tetracarboxylic acid, the water adduct of the anhydride of the said tetracarboxylic-acid compound is mentioned.

三羧酸化合物可舉出芳香族三羧酸、脂肪族三羧酸及類似於該等之醯氯化物、酸酐等,亦可組合2種以上使用。具體例可舉出1,2,4-苯三羧酸之酐;1,3,5-苯三羧酸之酐;2,3,6-萘三羧酸-2,3-酐;鄰苯二甲酸酐與安息香酸以單鍵、-O-、-CH2-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-SO2-或伸苯基連接之化合物。 Examples of the tricarboxylic acid compound include aromatic tricarboxylic acids, aliphatic tricarboxylic acids, and acyl chlorides and acid anhydrides similar to these, and two or more of them may be used in combination. Specific examples include 1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic anhydride; 1,3,5-benzenetricarboxylic anhydride; 2,3,6-naphthalenetricarboxylic acid-2,3-anhydride; Diformic anhydride and benzoic acid are linked by a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, or a phenylene group.

製造樹脂時,二胺化合物、四羧酸化合物及/或二羧酸化合物之使用量可因應所求聚醯亞胺系樹脂之各結構單元的比率而適當地選擇。 When producing a resin, the usage-amount of a diamine compound, a tetracarboxylic-acid compound, and/or a dicarboxylic-acid compound can be suitably selected according to the ratio of each structural unit of polyimide-type resin to be desired.

製造樹脂時,二胺化合物、四羧酸化合物及二羧酸化合物之反應溫度並無特別限定,例如為5至350℃,較佳為20至200℃,更佳為25至100℃。反應時間亦無特別限定,例如為30分鐘至10小時左右。視需要可在非活性環境或減壓之條件下進行反應。較佳態樣中,反應係在常壓及/或非活性氣體環境下一邊攪拌一邊進行。又,反應較佳為在對反應非活性的溶劑中進行。溶劑只要不影響反應則無特別限定,可舉例如水、甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲基醚、乙二醇丁基醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-丁氧基乙醇、丙二醇單甲基醚等醇系溶劑;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、γ-丁內酯(以下稱為GBL)、γ-戊內酯、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯等酯系溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、甲基異丁酮等酮系溶劑;戊烷、己烷、庚烷等脂肪族烴溶劑;乙基環己烷等脂環式烴溶劑;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴溶劑;乙腈等腈系溶劑;四氫呋喃及二甲氧基乙烷等醚系溶劑;氯仿及氯苯等含氯溶劑;N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(以下稱為DMAc)、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(以下稱為DMF)等醯胺系溶劑;二甲基碸、二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等含硫系溶劑;碳酸伸乙酯、碳酸伸丙酯等碳酸酯系溶劑;及該等的組合,亦即混合溶劑等。該等中,以溶解性之觀點來看,係適合使用醯胺系溶劑。 When producing resin, the reaction temperature of diamine compound, tetracarboxylic acid compound and dicarboxylic acid compound is not particularly limited, for example, it is 5 to 350°C, preferably 20 to 200°C, more preferably 25 to 100°C. The reaction time is also not particularly limited, for example, it is about 30 minutes to 10 hours. The reaction can be carried out in an inert environment or under reduced pressure as needed. In a preferred aspect, the reaction is carried out under normal pressure and/or inert gas environment while stirring. Also, the reaction is preferably carried out in a solvent that is inactive to the reaction. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not affect the reaction, and examples thereof include water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, 1-methoxy-2- Alcohol solvents such as propanol, 2-butoxyethanol, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone (hereinafter referred to as GBL), γ-valerolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate and other ester solvents; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, methyl isobutyl ketone and other ketones aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, and heptane; alicyclic hydrocarbon solvents such as ethyl cyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxy Ether-based solvents such as ethyl ethane; chlorine-containing solvents such as chloroform and chlorobenzene; N,N-dimethylacetamide (hereinafter referred to as DMAc), N,N-dimethylformamide (hereinafter referred to as DMF) Amide-based solvents such as amide; sulfur-containing solvents such as dimethylsulfide, dimethylsulfoxide, and cyclobutylene; carbonate-based solvents such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate; and combinations thereof, that is, mixed solvent etc. Among these, amide-based solvents are suitably used from the viewpoint of solubility.

製造聚醯亞胺系樹脂中的醯亞胺化步驟,可係在醯亞胺化觸媒存在下進行醯亞胺化。醯亞胺化觸媒可舉例如三丙胺、二丁基丙胺、乙基二丁胺等脂肪族胺;N-乙基哌啶、N-丙基哌啶、N-丁基吡咯啶、N-丁基哌啶及N-丙基六氫氮呯等脂環式胺(單環式);氮雜雙環[2.2.1]庚烷、氮雜雙環[3.2.1]辛烷、氮雜雙環[2.2.2]辛烷及氮雜雙環[3.2.2]壬烷等脂環式胺 (多環式);以及吡啶、2-甲基吡啶(2-甲吡啶(2-picoline))、3-甲基吡啶(3-甲吡啶)、4-甲基吡啶(4-甲吡啶)、2-乙基吡啶、3-乙基吡啶、4-乙基吡啶、2,4-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-三甲基吡啶、3,4-環戊烯吡啶、5,6,7,8-四氫異喹啉及異喹啉等芳香族胺。又,以容易促進醯亞胺化反應之觀點來看,較佳為併用醯亞胺化觸媒及酸酐。酸酐可舉出醯亞胺化反應所使用之慣用的酸酐等,其具體例可舉出乙酸酐、丙酸酐、丁酸酐等脂肪族酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸等芳香族酸酐等。 The imidization step in the production of polyimide-based resins can be carried out in the presence of an imidization catalyst. The imidization catalyst can exemplify aliphatic amines such as tripropylamine, dibutylpropylamine, ethyldibutylamine; N-ethylpiperidine, N-propylpiperidine, N-butylpyrrolidine, N- Alicyclic amines (monocyclic) such as butylpiperidine and N-propylhexahydroazepine; azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, azabicyclo[ 2.2.2] Octane and azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonane and other alicyclic amines (polycyclic); and pyridine, 2-picoline (2-picoline), 3-picoline (3-picoline), 4-picoline (4-picoline), 2-ethylpyridine, 3-ethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2,4-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 3,4-cyclopentenylpyridine, 5,6 ,7,8-tetrahydroisoquinoline and isoquinoline and other aromatic amines. Moreover, from the viewpoint of facilitating the imidization reaction, it is preferable to use an imidization catalyst and an acid anhydride in combination. Examples of acid anhydrides include those commonly used in imidization reactions, and specific examples thereof include aliphatic acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, and butyric anhydride, and aromatic acid anhydrides such as phthalic acid.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂可藉由慣用的方法,例如過濾、濃縮、萃取、晶析、再結晶、管柱層析法等分離手段、或組合該等的分離手段而分離精製並單離,較佳態樣中,可於包含透明聚醯亞胺系樹脂之反應液添加大量的甲醇等醇使樹脂析出,並進行濃縮、過濾、乾燥等,藉此而單離。 Polyimide-based resins can be separated, purified and isolated by conventional methods, such as separation means such as filtration, concentration, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, or a combination of these separation means. In a preferred mode, a large amount of alcohol such as methanol is added to a reaction liquid containing a transparent polyimide-based resin to precipitate the resin, followed by concentration, filtration, drying, etc., thereby isolating.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜除了包含聚醯亞胺系樹脂以外,可包含至少一種之填料。填料可舉例如有機粒子、無機粒子等,較佳可舉無機粒子。無機粒子可舉出二氧化矽、氧化鋯、氧化鋁、氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化鍺、氧化銦、氧化錫、銦錫氧化物(ITO)、氧化銻、氧化鈰等金屬氧化物粒子、氟化鎂、氟化鈉等金屬氟化物粒子等,該等中,以容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之拉伸彈性模數之觀點來看,較佳可舉出二氧化矽粒子、氧化鋯粒子、氧化鋁粒子,更佳可舉出二氧化矽粒子。該等填料可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。 The polyimide-based resin film may contain at least one kind of filler in addition to the polyimide-based resin. Examples of fillers include organic particles and inorganic particles, preferably inorganic particles. Examples of inorganic particles include metal oxide particles such as silicon dioxide, zirconia, aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, germanium oxide, indium oxide, tin oxide, indium tin oxide (ITO), antimony oxide, and cerium oxide; Metal fluoride particles such as magnesium chloride and sodium fluoride, etc. Among them, silicon dioxide is preferable from the viewpoint of easiness of increasing the tensile modulus of the polyimide resin film and the optical laminate. Particles, zirconia particles, alumina particles, more preferably silica particles. These fillers can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

填料(較佳為二氧化矽粒子)之平均一次粒徑通常為1nm以上,較佳為5nm以上,更佳為10nm以上,又更佳為11nm以上,特佳為13nm以上,較佳為100nm以下,更佳為90nm以下,又更佳為80nm以 下,又再更佳為70nm以下,特佳為60nm以下,又特佳為50nm以下,又再特佳為40nm以下。填料(較佳為二氧化矽粒子)之平均一次粒徑若在上述範圍內,則可抑制填料(較佳為二氧化矽粒子)之凝集,容易提高所得聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之光學特性。填料之平均一次粒徑可藉由BET法測定。又,也可藉由穿透式電子顯微鏡TEM或掃描式電子顯微鏡SEM之影像解析而測定平均一次粒徑。 The average primary particle size of the filler (preferably silica particles) is usually above 1nm, preferably above 5nm, more preferably above 10nm, more preferably above 11nm, particularly preferably above 13nm, preferably below 100nm , more preferably below 90nm, more preferably below 80nm The thickness is more preferably below 70nm, most preferably below 60nm, particularly preferably below 50nm, and most preferably below 40nm. If the average primary particle diameter of the filler (preferably silica particles) is within the above range, the aggregation of the filler (preferably silica particles) can be suppressed, and the resulting polyimide resin film and optical laminate can be easily improved. Optical properties of the body. The average primary particle size of the filler can be measured by the BET method. Moreover, the average primary particle diameter can also be measured by the image analysis of a transmission electron microscope TEM or a scanning electron microscope SEM.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜含有填料(較佳為含有二氧化矽粒子)時,相對於聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜100質量份,填料之含量通常為0.1質量份以上,較佳為1質量份以上,更佳為5質量份以上,又更佳為10質量份以上,又再更佳為20質量份以上,特佳為30質量份以上,較佳為60質量份以下。填料之含量若為上述的下限以上,則容易提高所得聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之拉伸彈性模數。又,填料之含量若為上述的上限以下,則容易提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之光學特性。 When the polyimide resin film contains a filler (preferably containing silica particles), the content of the filler is usually 0.1 part by mass or more, preferably 1 part by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyimide resin film Above, more preferably at least 5 parts by mass, more preferably at least 10 parts by mass, still more preferably at least 20 parts by mass, particularly preferably at least 30 parts by mass, more preferably at most 60 parts by mass. When content of a filler is more than the said minimum, it will become easy to raise the tensile elastic modulus of the obtained polyimide-type resin film. Moreover, when content of a filler is below the said upper limit, the optical characteristic of a polyimide-type resin film will improve easily.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜可進一步含有紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑可由一般在樹脂材料領域使用作為紫外線吸收劑者適當地選擇。紫外線吸收劑可含有吸收400nm以下之波長的光之化合物。紫外線吸收劑可舉例如選自由二苯基酮系化合物、水楊酸酯系化合物、苯并三唑系化合物及三嗪系化合物所組成的群組之至少一種化合物。紫外線吸收劑可單獨使用或組合二種以上使用。聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜係含有紫外線吸收劑,藉此可抑制樹脂劣化,故可提高將所得光學積層體應用於影像顯示裝置等時的視認性。本說明書中,「系化合物」是指該註以「系化合物」的化合物之衍生物。 例如「二苯基酮系化合物」是指具有作為母體骨架之二苯基酮、及鍵結於二苯基酮之取代基的化合物。 The polyimide resin film may further contain an ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber can be appropriately selected from those generally used as an ultraviolet absorber in the field of resin materials. The ultraviolet absorber may contain a compound that absorbs light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include at least one compound selected from the group consisting of benzophenone-based compounds, salicylate-based compounds, benzotriazole-based compounds, and triazine-based compounds. The ultraviolet absorbent can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Since the polyimide-based resin film contains an ultraviolet absorber, deterioration of the resin can be suppressed, so that the visibility of the obtained optical laminate can be improved when it is applied to an image display device or the like. In this specification, a "series compound" refers to a derivative of the compound indicated by the "series compound". For example, "benzophenone-based compound" refers to a compound having benzophenone as a main skeleton and a substituent bonded to benzophenone.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜含有紫外線吸收劑時,相對於聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜100質量份,紫外線吸收劑之含量較佳為1質量份以上,更佳為2質量份以上,又更佳為3質量份以上,較佳為10質量份以下,更佳為8質量份以下,又更佳為6質量份以下。適合的含量會因所使用的紫外線吸收劑而異,惟若以400nm之光線穿透率成為20至60%左右之方式調節紫外線吸收劑之含量,則可提高聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之耐光性,並容易提高透明性。 When the polyimide resin film contains an ultraviolet absorber, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably at least 1 part by mass, more preferably at least 2 parts by mass, and still more preferably at least 100 parts by mass of the polyimide resin film. It is 3 mass parts or more, Preferably it is 10 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 8 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 6 mass parts or less. The suitable content will vary depending on the UV absorber used, but if the content of the UV absorber is adjusted so that the light transmittance at 400nm becomes about 20 to 60%, the light resistance of the polyimide resin film can be improved and easily improve transparency.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜可進一步含有填料、紫外線吸收劑以外之其他添加劑。其他添加劑可舉例如抗氧化劑、脫模劑、穩定劑、上藍(blueing)劑、阻燃劑、pH調整劑、二氧化矽分散劑、光滑劑、增黏劑、及調平劑等。含有其他添加劑時,相對於聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜100質量份,其他添加劑的含量較佳可為0.001至20質量份,更佳為0.01至15質量份,又更佳為0.1至10質量份。 The polyimide resin film may further contain fillers and other additives other than the ultraviolet absorber. Other additives include antioxidants, release agents, stabilizers, blueing agents, flame retardants, pH regulators, silica dispersants, lubricants, tackifiers, and leveling agents. When other additives are contained, the content of other additives is preferably 0.001 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 15 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyimide resin film. .

〔聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之製造方法〕 [Manufacturing method of polyimide-based resin film]

本發明之聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之製造方法並無特別限定,例如可為至少包括以下步驟之製造方法。 The manufacturing method of the polyimide-type resin film of this invention is not specifically limited, For example, it may be the manufacturing method including the following steps at least.

(a)清漆(varnish)調製步驟,係調製至少包含前述聚醯亞胺系樹脂及溶劑之樹脂組成物(以下稱為「清漆」); (a) The varnish preparation step is to prepare a resin composition (hereinafter referred to as "varnish") comprising at least the aforementioned polyimide-based resin and a solvent;

(b)塗佈步驟,係將清漆塗佈於支撐材並形成塗膜;及 (b) a coating step, which is to apply the varnish to the support material and form a coating film; and

(c)聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜形成步驟,係使前述塗膜乾燥,形成聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜。 (c) The step of forming a polyimide-based resin film is to dry the aforementioned coating film to form a polyimide-based resin film.

在清漆調製步驟中,係使聚醯亞胺系樹脂溶解於溶劑,視需要添加前述填料、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑並攪拌混合,藉此調製清漆。又,填料使用二氧化矽粒子時,可將含有二氧化矽粒子之二氧化矽溶膠的分散液以可溶解前述樹脂之溶劑、例如用於下述清漆調製之溶劑置換後,將前述置換溶劑後之二氧化矽溶膠添加於樹脂。 In the varnish preparation step, a polyimide-based resin is dissolved in a solvent, and additives such as the aforementioned fillers and ultraviolet absorbers are added as necessary and stirred and mixed to prepare a varnish. Also, when silica particles are used as the filler, the dispersion liquid of silica sol containing silica particles may be replaced with a solvent capable of dissolving the aforementioned resin, for example, a solvent used for the following varnish preparation, and the aforementioned solvent-substituted The silica sol is added to the resin.

清漆調製所使用的溶劑只要可溶解前述樹脂,則無特別限定。該溶劑可舉例如DMAc、DMF等醯胺系溶劑;GBL、γ-戊內酯等內酯系溶劑;二甲基碸、二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等含硫系溶劑;碳酸伸乙酯、碳酸伸丙酯等碳酸酯系溶劑;及該等的組合。該等中,較佳為醯胺系溶劑或內酯系溶劑。該等溶劑可單獨使用或組合二種以上使用。又,清漆中可含有水、醇系溶劑、酮系溶劑、非環狀酯系溶劑、醚系溶劑等。清漆之固體成分濃度較佳為1至25質量%,更佳為5至20質量%,又更佳為5至15質量%。 The solvent used for preparing the varnish is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the aforementioned resin. The solvent can be, for example, amide-based solvents such as DMAc and DMF; lactone-based solvents such as GBL and γ-valerolactone; sulfur-containing solvents such as dimethylsulfide, dimethylsulfoxide, and cyclobutylene; Carbonate-based solvents such as esters and propylene carbonate; and combinations thereof. Among these, amide-based solvents or lactone-based solvents are preferable. These solvents can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. In addition, the varnish may contain water, alcohol-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, acyclic ester-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and the like. The solid content concentration of the varnish is preferably from 1 to 25% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 20% by mass, and still more preferably from 5 to 15% by mass.

塗佈步驟中,可藉由公知的塗佈方法於支撐材上塗佈清漆並形成塗膜。公知塗佈方法可舉例如線棒塗佈法、反向塗佈、凹版塗佈等輥塗佈法、模塗佈法、缺角輪塗佈法、唇式塗佈法、旋轉塗佈法、網版塗佈法、噴柱式(fountain)塗佈法、浸漬法、噴霧法、流延成型法等。 In the coating step, a varnish can be applied on the support by a known coating method to form a coating film. Known coating methods include, for example, roll coating methods such as wire bar coating, reverse coating, and gravure coating, die coating, chipped wheel coating, lip coating, spin coating, Screen coating method, fountain coating method, dipping method, spray method, tape casting method, etc.

膜形成步驟中,將塗膜乾燥並從支撐材剝離,藉此可形成聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜。剝離後可進一步設置乾燥聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之步驟。塗膜之乾燥通常可以50至350℃之溫度進行。視需要可在非活性環境或減壓 之條件下乾燥塗膜。又,所得聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜中可稍微殘留清漆所含溶劑之一部分。相對於聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之質量,聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜所含溶劑之量較佳為1.5%以下,更佳為1.2%以下,又更佳為1.1%以下,又再更佳為1.0%以下。溶劑量下限較佳為0%以上,更佳為0.02%以上,又更佳為0.1%以上,又再更佳為0.3%以上。 In the film forming step, the coating film is dried and peeled off from the support to form a polyimide-based resin film. After peeling, a step of drying the polyimide-based resin film may be further provided. Drying of the coating film can usually be carried out at a temperature of 50 to 350°C. Inactive environment or reduced pressure as needed Dry the coating film under these conditions. In addition, a part of the solvent contained in the varnish may remain slightly in the obtained polyimide-based resin film. Relative to the mass of the polyimide resin film, the amount of solvent contained in the polyimide resin film is preferably at most 1.5%, more preferably at most 1.2%, still more preferably at most 1.1%, still more preferably 1.0% or less. The lower limit of the amount of solvent is preferably at least 0%, more preferably at least 0.02%, more preferably at least 0.1%, and still more preferably at least 0.3%.

作為支撐材的例子,金屬系者可舉出SUS板,樹脂系者可舉出PET膜、PEN膜、聚醯胺系樹脂膜、其他聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜、環烯烴系聚合物膜、丙烯酸系膜等。其中,以平滑性、耐熱性優異之觀點來看,較佳為PET膜、環烯烴系聚合物膜等,進一步以與聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜的密著性及成本之觀點來看,更佳為PET膜。 Examples of support materials include SUS plates for metal-based materials, PET films, PEN films, polyamide-based resin films, other polyimide-based resin films, cycloolefin-based polymer films, and resin-based materials. Acrylic film, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of excellent smoothness and heat resistance, PET films, cycloolefin-based polymer films, etc. are preferred, and furthermore, from the viewpoint of adhesion to polyimide-based resin films and cost Preferably PET film.

〔功能層〕 〔Functional layer〕

本發明之光學積層體係包含上述由聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜所構成之基材層、及包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層。該包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層可舉例如硬塗層、紫外線吸收層、底漆層、氣體障壁層、黏著層、色相調整層、折射率調整層等。本發明之光學積層體可具有1種或二種以上之功能層。該包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層較佳為硬塗層。 The optical layering system of the present invention includes the above-mentioned substrate layer made of polyimide resin film, and a functional layer made of cured resin. The functional layer including the cured product of curable resin includes, for example, a hard coat layer, an ultraviolet absorbing layer, a primer layer, a gas barrier layer, an adhesive layer, a hue adjustment layer, a refractive index adjustment layer, and the like. The optical laminate of the present invention may have one or more types of functional layers. The functional layer comprising a cured product of a curable resin is preferably a hard coat layer.

本發明之光學積層體具有硬塗層作為包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層時,硬塗層之厚度並無特別限定,較佳為2至100μm,更佳為3至50μm,又更佳為4至30μm。硬塗層之厚度若為前述範圍,則可進一步提高耐衝擊性,而且有耐彎曲性不易降低、不易產生硬化收縮所造成的捲曲的問題之傾向。硬塗層可係使包含能藉由照射活性能量射線或賦予熱能量而形成交聯構造之反應性材料的硬塗組成物進行硬化而形成,較佳為 藉由照射活性能量射線者。活性能量射線的定義為可使產生活性物種之化合物分解並產生活性物種之能量射線,可舉出可見光、紫外線、紅外線、X射線、α射線、β射線、γ射線及電子射線等,較佳可舉出紫外線。前述硬塗組成物係含有自由基聚合性化合物及陽離子聚合性化合物之至少一種聚合物。 When the optical laminate of the present invention has a hard coat layer as a functional layer of a cured product comprising a curable resin, the thickness of the hard coat layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 100 μm, more preferably 3 to 50 μm, and still more preferably 4 to 30 μm. If the thickness of the hard coat layer is within the above-mentioned range, the impact resistance can be further improved, and the bending resistance tends to be less likely to be lowered, and the problem of curling caused by curing shrinkage tends to be less likely to occur. The hard coat layer can be formed by hardening a hard coat composition containing a reactive material capable of forming a crosslinked structure by irradiating active energy rays or applying heat energy, preferably By irradiating active energy rays. Active energy rays are defined as energy rays that can decompose compounds that generate active species and generate active species, such as visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, and electron rays, etc., preferably Take ultraviolet light. The aforementioned hard coat composition is a polymer containing at least one kind of radically polymerizable compound and cationic polymerizable compound.

前述自由基聚合性化合物為具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。就前述自由基聚合性化合物所具有自由基聚合性基而言,只要為可產生自由基聚合反應之官能基即可,可舉出含有碳-碳不飽和雙鍵的基等,具體而言,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。又,前述自由基聚合性化合物具有2個以上自由基聚合性基時,該等自由基聚合性基分別可為相同或相異。以提高硬塗層之硬度之觀點來看,前述自由基聚合性化合物在1分子中所具有自由基聚合性基的數目較佳為2個以上。以反應性較高之觀點來看,前述自由基聚合性化合物較佳可舉出具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之化合物,具體而言可舉出1分子中具有2至6個(甲基)丙烯醯基之被稱為多官能丙烯酸酯單體之化合物、或(甲基)丙烯酸環氧酯、(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯酯、被稱為聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯之分子內具有數個(甲基)丙烯醯基之分子量為數百至數千之寡聚物,較佳可舉出選自由(甲基)丙烯酸環氧酯、(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯酯及聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯之1種以上。 The aforementioned radical polymerizable compound is a compound having a radical polymerizable group. The radical polymerizable group contained in the above-mentioned radical polymerizable compound may be any functional group as long as it can cause a radical polymerization reaction, such as a group containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond, etc., specifically, A vinyl group, a (meth)acryl group etc. are mentioned. Moreover, when the said radically polymerizable compound has 2 or more radically polymerizable groups, these radically polymerizable groups may be the same or different, respectively. From the viewpoint of increasing the hardness of the hard coat layer, the number of radical polymerizable groups that the radical polymerizable compound has in 1 molecule is preferably 2 or more. From the viewpoint of high reactivity, the aforementioned radically polymerizable compound preferably includes a compound having a (meth)acryl group, specifically, a compound having 2 to 6 (methyl) groups in one molecule. Acryl-based compounds called polyfunctional acrylate monomers, or epoxy (meth)acrylates, amine (meth)acrylates, polyester (meth)acrylates with The molecular weight of several (meth)acryl groups is several hundred to several thousand oligomers, preferably can be enumerated and be selected from (meth) acrylate epoxy ester, (meth) acrylate amine ester and polyester ( One or more types of meth)acrylates.

前述陽離子聚合性化合物為具有環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基、乙烯基醚基等陽離子聚合性基之化合物。以提高硬塗層之硬度之觀點來看,前述陽離子聚合性化合物在1分子中所具有陽離子聚合性基的數目較佳為2個以上,更佳為3個以上。 The aforementioned cationically polymerizable compound is a compound having a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, or a vinyl ether group. From the viewpoint of increasing the hardness of the hard coat layer, the number of cationically polymerizable groups in one molecule of the above-mentioned cationically polymerizable compound is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more.

又,前述陽離子聚合性化合物中較佳為具有環氧基及氧雜環丁烷基中之至少1種來作為陽離子聚合性基之化合物。環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基等的環狀醚基其伴隨聚合反應的收縮較小,就此點而言為較佳。又,具有環狀醚基中的環氧基之化合物係有著容易獲得各種結構之化合物、不會對所得硬塗層之耐久性造成不良影響、容易控制與自由基聚合性化合物的相溶性之優點。又,環狀醚基中,相較於環氧基,氧雜環丁烷基係有容易提高聚合度且為低毒性,從所得硬塗層之陽離子聚合性化合物獲得的網狀形成速度較快,即使是在與自由基聚合性化合物混合存在之區域,也不會於膜中殘留未反應單體,而會形成獨立的網狀等優點。 Moreover, among the aforementioned cationically polymerizable compounds, a compound having at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group as a cationically polymerizable group is preferable. A cyclic ether group such as an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group is preferable in that the shrinkage accompanying the polymerization reaction is small. In addition, the compound having the epoxy group in the cyclic ether group has the advantages of being easy to obtain compounds of various structures, does not adversely affect the durability of the obtained hard coat layer, and is easy to control the compatibility with the radical polymerizable compound. . In addition, among the cyclic ether groups, the oxetane group is easier to increase the degree of polymerization and has low toxicity compared with the epoxy group, and the network formation speed obtained from the cationic polymerizable compound of the obtained hard coat layer is relatively fast. , Even in the area where it is mixed with the radical polymerizable compound, unreacted monomers will not remain in the film, and an independent network will be formed.

具有環氧基之陽離子聚合性化合物可舉例如藉由將具有脂環族環之多元醇之聚環氧丙基醚、或環己烯環、含有環戊烯環的化合物以過氧化氫、過酸等適當氧化劑進行環氧化而獲得的脂環族環氧樹脂;脂肪族多元醇、或其環氧烷加成物之聚環氧丙基醚、脂肪族長鏈多元酸之聚環氧丙基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯之均聚物、共聚物等脂肪族環氧樹脂;雙酚A、雙酚F或氫化雙酚A等雙酚類或該等的環氧烷加成物、己內酯加成物等衍生物與環氧氯丙烷的反應所製造之環氧丙基醚及酚醛清漆環氧樹脂等雙酚類所衍生之環氧丙基醚型環氧樹脂等。 The cationically polymerizable compound having an epoxy group can be, for example, prepared by mixing polyglycidyl ether of a polyhydric alcohol having an alicyclic ring, or a cyclohexene ring, or a compound containing a cyclopentene ring with hydrogen peroxide, peroxide, etc. Cycloaliphatic epoxy resin obtained by epoxidizing an appropriate oxidizing agent such as an acid; polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its alkylene oxide adduct, polyglycidyl ester of aliphatic long-chain polybasic acid Aliphatic epoxy resins such as homopolymers and copolymers of glycidyl (meth)acrylate; bisphenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F or hydrogenated bisphenol A or their alkylene oxide adducts Glycidyl ethers produced by the reaction of derivatives such as caprolactone adducts with epichlorohydrin, and glycidyl ether-type epoxy resins derived from bisphenols such as novolac epoxy resins, etc.

前述硬塗組成物可進一步含有聚合起始劑。聚合起始劑可舉出自由基聚合起始劑、陽離子聚合起始劑、自由基及陽離子聚合起始劑等,可適當地選擇使用。該等聚合起始劑為藉由活性能量射線照射及加熱之至少一種而分解並產生自由基或陽離子,而進行自由基聚合及陽離子聚合者。 The aforementioned hard coat composition may further contain a polymerization initiator. Examples of the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators, cationic polymerization initiators, radical and cationic polymerization initiators, and the like, which can be appropriately selected and used. These polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations, thereby performing radical polymerization and cationic polymerization.

自由基聚合起始劑只要為能夠藉由活性能量射線照射及加熱之至少一者而釋出使自由基開始聚合之物質即可。熱自由基聚合起始劑可舉例如過氧化氫、過氧化安息香酸等有機過氧化物、偶氮雙丁腈等偶氮化合物等。 The radical polymerization initiator should only be a substance capable of releasing radical polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating. Examples of thermal radical polymerization initiators include organic peroxides such as hydrogen peroxide and benzoic acid peroxide, azo compounds such as azobisbutyronitrile, and the like.

活性能量射線自由基聚合起始劑係有藉由分子分解而生成自由基之I型自由基聚合起始劑、及與三級胺共存並進行脫氫型反應而生成自由基之II型自由基聚合起始劑,該等可單獨使用或併用。 The active energy ray radical polymerization initiator is a type I radical polymerization initiator that generates free radicals by molecular decomposition, and a type II free radical that coexists with a tertiary amine and undergoes a dehydrogenation reaction to generate free radicals A polymerization initiator, these can be used individually or in combination.

陽離子聚合起始劑只要為可藉由活性能量射線照射及加熱之至少一者而釋出使陽離子開始聚合之物質即可。陽離子聚合起始劑可使用芳香族錪鹽、芳香族鋶鹽、二茂鐵(II)錯合物等。該等係因結構差異而可藉由活性能量射線照射或加熱之任一者或兩者而開始陽離子聚合。 The cationic polymerization initiator should only be a substance capable of releasing cationic polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating. As a cationic polymerization initiator, an aromatic iodonium salt, an aromatic percite salt, a ferrocene (II) complex, etc. can be used. Due to structural differences, these can initiate cationic polymerization by either or both of active energy ray irradiation or heating.

相對於前述硬塗組成物整體100質量%,前述聚合起始劑較佳可含有0.1至10質量%。前述聚合起始劑之含量若為前述範圍,則可充分進行硬化,可使最終獲得之塗膜之機械物性或密著力為良好範圍,又,有變得不易產生硬化收縮所造成的接著力不良或破裂現象及捲曲現象之傾向。 The polymerization initiator may preferably be contained in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to 100% by mass of the entire hard coat composition. If the content of the above-mentioned polymerization initiator is within the above-mentioned range, the hardening can be performed sufficiently, and the mechanical properties and adhesive force of the finally obtained coating film can be in a good range, and it becomes difficult to cause poor adhesion due to hardening shrinkage. Or the tendency of cracking phenomenon and curling phenomenon.

前述硬塗組成物可進一步含有選自由溶劑及添加劑所組成的群組之一者以上。 The aforementioned hard coat composition may further contain one or more members selected from the group consisting of solvents and additives.

前述溶劑只要為可溶解或分散前述聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑者,且為作為本技術領域之硬塗組成物溶劑之已知溶劑,則可在不阻礙本發明效果之範圍內使用。 The aforementioned solvent can be used as long as it can dissolve or disperse the aforementioned polymerizable compound and polymerization initiator, and is a solvent known as a solvent for hard coat compositions in this technical field, within the range that does not inhibit the effect of the present invention.

前述添加劑可進一步含有無機粒子、調平劑、穩定劑、界面活性劑、抗靜電劑、潤滑劑、防汙劑等。 The aforementioned additives may further contain inorganic particles, leveling agents, stabilizers, surfactants, antistatic agents, lubricants, antifouling agents, and the like.

在包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層,係例如在硬塗層中,對塗膜照射活性能量射線等高能量射線,使塗膜硬化而形成硬塗層。照射強度可因應硬化性組成物之組成而適當地決定,並無特別限定,較佳為照射對聚合起始劑活化為有效之波長區域。照射強度較佳為0.1至6,000mW/cm2,更佳為10至1,000mW/cm2,又更佳為20至500mW/cm2。照射強度若在前述範圍內,則可確保適當的反應時間,可抑制因從光源輻射的熱及硬化反應時之發熱所造成的樹脂黃化或劣化。照射時間可因應硬化性組成物之組成而適當地選擇,並無特別限制,但係以前述照射強度與照射時間的積所示累積光量較佳成為10至10,000mJ/cm2,更佳為50至1,000mJ/cm2,又更佳為80至500mJ/cm2之方式來設定。累積光量若在前述範圍內,則可產生充分量的源自於聚合起始劑之活性物種,而可更確實地進行硬化反應,又,照射時間不會過長,可維持良好生產性。又,藉由該範圍的照射步驟係有利於進一步提高硬塗層之硬度。 The hard coat layer is formed by irradiating the coating film with high-energy rays such as active energy rays to harden the coating film, for example, in a hard coat layer in a functional layer made of a cured product of a curable resin. The irradiation intensity can be appropriately determined according to the composition of the curable composition, and is not particularly limited, but irradiation is preferably in a wavelength range effective for activating the polymerization initiator. The irradiation intensity is preferably from 0.1 to 6,000 mW/cm 2 , more preferably from 10 to 1,000 mW/cm 2 , and still more preferably from 20 to 500 mW/cm 2 . If the irradiation intensity is within the above range, an appropriate reaction time can be ensured, and yellowing or deterioration of the resin due to heat radiated from the light source and heat generated during curing reaction can be suppressed. The irradiation time can be appropriately selected according to the composition of the curable composition, and there is no particular limitation, but the cumulative light amount shown by the product of the aforementioned irradiation intensity and irradiation time is preferably 10 to 10,000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 50 to 1,000mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 80 to 500mJ/cm 2 . When the accumulated light amount is within the above range, a sufficient amount of active species derived from the polymerization initiator can be generated, and the hardening reaction can proceed more reliably. Moreover, the irradiation time is not too long, and good productivity can be maintained. Also, the irradiation step in this range is beneficial to further increase the hardness of the hard coat layer.

以提高硬塗層之平滑性、且進一步提高光學膜之廣角方向的視認性之觀點來看,可舉出溶劑之種類、成分比、固體成分濃度之最佳化及添加調平劑等。 From the viewpoint of improving the smoothness of the hard coat layer and further improving the visibility in the wide-angle direction of the optical film, optimization of the type of solvent, component ratio, solid content concentration, addition of a leveling agent, and the like are mentioned.

紫外線吸收層為具有紫外線吸收之功能的層,例如為由選自紫外線硬化型透明樹脂、電子射線硬化型透明樹脂及熱硬化型透明樹脂之主材、及分散於該主材之紫外線吸收劑所構成。 The ultraviolet absorbing layer is a layer having the function of absorbing ultraviolet rays, and is formed, for example, of a main material selected from ultraviolet curable transparent resin, electron beam curable transparent resin, and thermosetting transparent resin, and an ultraviolet absorber dispersed in the main material. constitute.

黏著層為具有黏著性功能的層,係具有將聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜接著於其他構件之功能。黏著層之形成材料可使用一般已知者。例如可使 用熱硬化性樹脂組成物或光硬化性樹脂組成物。此時,可藉由於事後供給能量而使樹脂組成物高分子化並硬化。 The adhesive layer is a layer having an adhesive function, and has the function of adhering the polyimide resin film to other members. A generally known material can be used for the formation material of an adhesive layer. For example, you can use A thermosetting resin composition or a photosetting resin composition is used. At this time, the resin composition can be polymerized and cured by supplying energy afterwards.

黏著層可為被稱為感壓型接著劑(Pressure Sensitive Adhesive,也稱為PSA)之藉由按壓而貼黏於對象物的層。感壓型接著劑也可為屬於「在常溫具有黏著性且以較輕壓力接著於被著材之物質」(JIS K 6800)之黏著劑,也可為「將特定成分裝於保護被膜(微膠囊)且在藉由壓力或熱等適當手段而破壞被膜為止可保持穩定性之接著劑」(JIS K 6800所規定)之膠囊型接著劑。 The adhesive layer may be a layer called a pressure sensitive adhesive (also referred to as PSA) that is attached to an object by pressing. The pressure-sensitive adhesive can also be an adhesive that belongs to the "substance that has adhesiveness at room temperature and adheres to the substrate with light pressure" (JIS K 6800), or it can be "a specific component is loaded on the protective film (micro Capsule) and can maintain stability until the film is destroyed by appropriate means such as pressure or heat" (JIS K 6800 regulations) capsule-type adhesives.

色相調整層為具有色相調整功能的層,為可將包含聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之積層體調整成為目的之色相的層。色相調整層例如為含有樹脂及著色劑的層。該著色劑可舉例如氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化鐵紅、鈦氧化物系燒製顏料、群青、鋁酸鈷及碳黑等無機顏料;偶氮系化合物、喹吖酮系化合物、蒽醌系化合物、苝系化合物、異吲哚啉酮系化合物、酞青素系化合物、喹啉酮系化合物、士林(threne)系化合物及二酮吡咯并吡咯系化合物等有機顏料;硫酸鋇及碳酸鈣等體質顏料;以及鹼性染料、酸性染料、及媒染染料等染料。 The hue adjustment layer is a layer having a hue adjustment function, and is a layer capable of adjusting a laminate including a polyimide-based resin film to a desired hue. The hue adjustment layer is, for example, a layer containing a resin and a colorant. Examples of the colorant include inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide, zinc oxide, red iron oxide, titanium oxide-based fired pigments, ultramarine blue, cobalt aluminate, and carbon black; azo compounds, quinacridone-based compounds, anthraquinone-based Organic pigments such as compounds, perylene compounds, isoindolinone compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, quinolinone compounds, threne compounds, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds; barium sulfate and calcium carbonate and other body pigments; and dyes such as basic dyes, acid dyes, and mordant dyes.

折射率調整層為具有折射率調整功能的層,例如為具有與聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜相異之折射率並可對光學積層體賦予特定折射率的層。折射率調整層例如可為含有適當地選擇的樹脂及視需要而進一步含有的顏料之樹脂層、或金屬之薄膜。調整折射率之顏料可舉例如氧化矽、氧化鋁、氧化銻、氧化錫、氧化鈦、氧化鋯及氧化鉭。該顏料之平均一次粒徑可為0.1μm以下。藉由使顏料之平均一次粒徑為0.1μm以下,可防止穿透折射 率調整層的光之漫反射,而可防止透明度降低。折射率調整層所使用金屬可舉例如氧化鈦、氧化鉭、氧化鋯、氧化鋅、氧化錫、氧化矽、氧化銦、氮氧化鈦、氮化鈦、氮氧化矽、氮化矽等金屬氧化物或金屬氮化物。 The refractive index adjustment layer is a layer having a refractive index adjustment function, for example, a layer that has a different refractive index from the polyimide resin film and can impart a specific refractive index to the optical laminate. The refractive index adjustment layer may be, for example, a resin layer containing an appropriately selected resin and, if necessary, a pigment, or a metal thin film. Pigments for adjusting the refractive index include, for example, silicon oxide, aluminum oxide, antimony oxide, tin oxide, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, and tantalum oxide. The average primary particle size of the pigment may be 0.1 μm or less. By keeping the average primary particle size of the pigment below 0.1 μm, it is possible to prevent penetration refraction The diffuse reflection of the light in the rate adjustment layer prevents loss of transparency. Metals used in the refractive index adjustment layer include metal oxides such as titanium oxide, tantalum oxide, zirconium oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, silicon oxide, indium oxide, titanium oxynitride, titanium nitride, silicon oxynitride, and silicon nitride. or metal nitrides.

本發明之一較佳實施型態中,本發明之光學積層體可利用作為影像顯示裝置之前面板,其中尤其有用於作為可撓性顯示裝置之前面板(以下稱為窗膜(window film))、捲曲式顯示器(rollable display)或折疊式顯示器(foldable display)之前面板。可撓性顯示裝置例如具有可撓性功能層、及重疊於可撓性功能層並作為前面板發揮功能的光學積層體。亦即,可撓性顯示裝置之前面板係配置於可撓性功能層上之視認側。該前面板具有保護可撓性功能層的功能,例如保護可撓性顯示器內之影像顯示元件的功能。又,可撓性顯示裝置是指將影像顯示裝置進行重複折彎、重複捲繞等操作而使用之顯示裝置。對於該重複折彎操作等而使用之撓性顯示裝置之前面板係要求高耐彎曲性。又,對於前面板係要求高視認性。相較於影像顯示裝置內部所使用的影像顯示裝置之基板用膜,在影像顯示裝置之前面板,尤其是在可撓性顯示裝置之前面板用膜係要求高視認性以及高耐彎曲性。例如從容易提高作為可撓性顯示裝置之前面板使用時之視認性之觀點來看,本發明之膜較佳為具有上述記載之全光線穿透率、霧度及/或YI值,又,以容易提高使用作為可撓性顯示裝置之前面板時之耐彎曲性之觀點來看,本發明之膜較佳為滿足上述記載之MIT耐折疲勞試驗中的耐彎曲次數。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the optical laminate of the present invention can be used as a front panel of an image display device, especially as a front panel of a flexible display device (hereinafter referred to as a window film (window film)), The front panel of a rollable display or a foldable display. A flexible display device includes, for example, a flexible functional layer and an optical laminate that is laminated on the flexible functional layer and functions as a front panel. That is, the front panel of the flexible display device is disposed on the viewing side of the flexible functional layer. The front panel has the function of protecting the flexible functional layer, for example, the function of protecting the image display elements in the flexible display. Also, a flexible display device refers to a display device that is used by performing operations such as repeated bending and repeated winding of an image display device. High bending resistance is required for the front panel of the flexible display device used for such repeated bending operations. Also, high visibility is required for the front panel. Compared with the substrate film of the image display device used inside the image display device, the front panel of the image display device, especially the film system for the front panel of the flexible display device requires high visibility and high bending resistance. For example, from the point of view of improving the visibility when used as a front panel of a flexible display device, the film of the present invention preferably has the above-mentioned total light transmittance, haze and/or YI value, and is represented by From the viewpoint of easily improving the bending resistance when used as a front panel of a flexible display device, the film of the present invention preferably satisfies the number of times of bending resistance in the MIT folding fatigue test described above.

影像顯示裝置可舉出電視、智慧型手機、行動電話、汽車導航、平板PC、可攜式遊戲機、電子紙、指標(indicator)、留言板、時鐘及 智慧型手錶等穿戴式裝置等。可撓性顯示裝置可舉出具有可撓特性之所有影像顯示裝置,可舉例如上述捲曲式顯示器或折疊式顯示器。捲曲式顯示器是指包含前面板之影像顯示部分係捲為輥狀並將該影像顯示部分拉出並於平面或曲面狀態下使用之影像顯示裝置,為每次使用都要進行捲起為輥狀等操作之影像顯示裝置。又,折疊式顯示器是指包含前面板之影像顯示部分係折彎並將該影像顯示部分打開並於平面或曲面之狀態下使用之影像顯示裝置,為每次使用都要進行折彎等操作之影像顯示裝置。重複進行該捲起、折彎等操作之像顯示裝置係稱為可撓性影像顯示裝置。 Examples of image display devices include TVs, smart phones, mobile phones, car navigation, tablet PCs, portable game consoles, electronic paper, indicators (indicators), message boards, clocks, and Wearable devices such as smart watches, etc. The flexible display device can include all image display devices with flexible properties, such as the above-mentioned roll-up display or foldable display. A roll-up display refers to an image display device in which the image display part including the front panel is rolled into a roll shape and the image display part is pulled out and used in a flat or curved state. It must be rolled up into a roll shape every time it is used. Image display devices for other operations. In addition, a foldable display refers to an image display device in which the image display part including the front panel is bent, and the image display part is opened to be used in a flat or curved state, and operations such as bending are required for each use. Image display device. An image display device that repeatedly performs operations such as rolling and bending is called a flexible image display device.

[可撓性顯示裝置] [Flexible display device]

本發明亦提供具備本發明之光學積層體之可撓性顯示裝置。本發明之光學積層體較佳為在可撓性顯示裝置中使用作為前面板。可撓性顯示裝置為由可撓性顯示裝置用積層體及有機EL顯示面板所構成,係對於有機EL顯示面板在視認側配置可撓性顯示裝置用積層體,以可折彎之方式構成。可撓性顯示裝置用積層體可含有本發明之光學積層體之窗膜、偏光板、觸控感應器,該等的積層順序為任意,但較佳為從視認側起依序地積層窗膜、偏光板、觸控感應器或窗膜、觸控感應器、偏光板。若於觸控感應器之視認側存在有偏光板,則變得難以視認到觸控感應器之圖案,顯示影像之視認性會變好,故較佳。分別之構件可使用接著劑、黏著劑等而積層。又,可具備形成於窗膜、偏光板、觸控感應器之任一層之至少一面的遮光圖案。 The present invention also provides a flexible display device having the optical laminate of the present invention. The optical laminate of the present invention is preferably used as a front plate in a flexible display device. The flexible display device is composed of a laminate for a flexible display device and an organic EL display panel. The laminate for a flexible display device is arranged on the viewing side of the organic EL display panel in a bendable manner. The laminate for flexible display devices may contain the window film, polarizer, and touch sensor of the optical laminate of the present invention, and the lamination order of these is arbitrary, but it is preferable to laminate the window film sequentially from the viewing side , polarizer, touch sensor or window film, touch sensor, polarizer. If there is a polarizing plate on the viewing side of the touch sensor, it becomes difficult to recognize the pattern of the touch sensor, and the visibility of the displayed image becomes better, which is preferable. Separate members can be laminated using an adhesive, an adhesive, or the like. In addition, it may be provided with a light-shielding pattern formed on at least one surface of any layer of a window film, a polarizing plate, or a touch sensor.

[偏光板] [polarizer]

本發明之可撓性顯示裝置可進一步具備偏光板,較佳為進一步具備圓偏光板。圓偏光板為於線性偏光板積層λ/4位相差板,藉此具有僅透射右 圓偏光成分或左圓偏光成分的功能之功能層。例如,能夠用於將外部光轉換為右圓偏光並阻斷在有機EL面板反射成為左圓偏光的外部光,而僅透射有機EL之發光成分,藉此抑制反射光的影響並容易觀看影像。 The flexible display device of the present invention may further include a polarizing plate, preferably a circular polarizing plate. Circular polarizer is laminated with linear polarizer and λ/4 retardation plate, so it has only transmission right The functional layer of the function of the circular polarizing component or the left circular polarizing component. For example, it can be used to convert external light into right circularly polarized light and block the external light reflected as left circularly polarized light on the organic EL panel, and only transmit the luminescent component of organic EL, thereby suppressing the influence of reflected light and making it easier to view images.

為了達成圓偏光功能,線性偏光板之吸收軸與λ/4位相差板之慢軸理論上需為45°,但實用上為45±10°。線性偏光板與λ/4位相差板無需一定要鄰接積層,只要吸收軸與慢軸之關係滿足前述範圍即可。較佳為在全波長中達成完全的圓偏光,但實用上並非必定要如此,故本發明中的圓偏光板也包括楕圓偏光板。於線性偏光板之視認側進一步積層λ/4位相差膜,使射出光成為圓偏光,藉此提高配戴偏光太陽眼鏡之狀態的視認性者亦為較佳型態。 In order to achieve the function of circular polarization, the absorption axis of the linear polarizer and the slow axis of the λ/4 phase difference plate need to be 45° in theory, but it is 45±10° in practice. The linear polarizer and the λ/4 retardation plate do not have to be stacked adjacently, as long as the relationship between the absorption axis and the slow axis satisfies the aforementioned range. It is preferable to achieve complete circular polarization at all wavelengths, but this is not necessarily the case in practice, so the circular polarizing plate in the present invention also includes an elliptic circular polarizing plate. A λ/4 retardation film is further laminated on the viewing side of the linear polarizing plate to make the emitted light circularly polarized, thereby improving the visibility when wearing polarized sunglasses.

線性偏光板為具有通過在穿透軸方向振動的光,但是阻斷與其垂直之振動成分之偏光的功能之功能層。前述線性偏光板可為線性偏光片單獨的構成、或是具備線性偏光片及貼合於其至少一面之保護膜的構成。 The linear polarizer is a functional layer that passes light vibrating in the direction of the transmission axis, but blocks polarized light of the vibration component perpendicular to it. The aforementioned linear polarizer may be a linear polarizer alone, or may include a linear polarizer and a protective film bonded to at least one side thereof.

前述線性偏光板之厚度可為200μm以下,較佳為0.5至100μm。厚度若為前述範圍,則有不易降低柔軟性之傾向。 The thickness of the aforementioned linear polarizing plate may be less than 200 μm, preferably 0.5 to 100 μm. When the thickness is within the aforementioned range, it tends to be difficult to reduce flexibility.

前述線性偏光片可為將聚乙烯醇(以下稱為PVA)系膜染色、延伸而製造之膜型偏光片。可於藉由延伸而定向之PVA系膜吸附碘等二色性色素、或藉由在吸附於PVA之狀態下延伸而使二色性色素定向,以發揮偏光性能。前述膜型偏光片之製造中可另外具有膨潤、藉由硼酸的交聯、藉由水溶液的洗淨、乾燥等步驟。延伸或染色步驟可於PVA系膜單獨狀態下進行,也可於積層有聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯之類的其他膜之狀態下進行。所使用PVA系膜之厚度較佳為10至100μm,延伸倍率較佳為2至10倍。 The aforementioned linear polarizer may be a film-type polarizer manufactured by dyeing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol (hereinafter referred to as PVA) film. Polarizing performance can be exhibited by adsorbing dichroic dyes such as iodine on PVA-based films that are oriented by stretching, or by stretching dichroic dyes in the state of being adsorbed on PVA. In the manufacture of the aforementioned film-type polarizer, additional steps such as swelling, crosslinking by boric acid, washing by aqueous solution, and drying may be included. The stretching or dyeing step can be performed in a state where the PVA-based film is alone, or in a state where other films such as polyethylene terephthalate are laminated. The thickness of the PVA-based film used is preferably 10 to 100 μm, and the elongation ratio is preferably 2 to 10 times.

再者,作為前述偏光片之另一例,可為塗佈液晶偏光組成物而形成之液晶塗佈型偏光片。前述液晶偏光組成物可含有液晶性化合物及二色性色素化合物。前述液晶性化合物只要具有顯示液晶狀態之性質即可,若具有層列相等高等級定向狀態,則可發揮高偏光性能,故較佳。又,液晶性化合物較佳為具有聚合性官能基。 Furthermore, as another example of the aforementioned polarizer, it may be a liquid crystal coated polarizer formed by coating a liquid crystal polarizing composition. The aforementioned liquid crystal polarizing composition may contain a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye compound. The above-mentioned liquid crystal compound only needs to have the property of displaying a liquid crystal state, and it is preferable if it has a smectic high-order alignment state because it can exhibit high polarizing performance. Also, the liquid crystal compound preferably has a polymerizable functional group.

前述二色性色素為與前述液晶化合物一起定向並顯示二色性之色素,二色性色素本身可具有液晶性,也可具有聚合性官能基。液晶偏光組成物中之任一化合物係具有聚合性官能基。 The dichroic dye is a dye that aligns with the liquid crystal compound to exhibit dichroism, and the dichroic dye itself may have liquid crystallinity or may have a polymerizable functional group. Any compound in the liquid crystal polarizer composition has a polymerizable functional group.

前述液晶偏光組成物可進一步含有起始劑、溶劑、分散劑、調平劑、穩定劑、界面活性劑、交聯劑、矽烷偶合劑等。 The aforementioned liquid crystal polarizer composition may further contain an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a crosslinking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.

前述液晶偏光層係藉由在定向膜上塗佈液晶偏光組成物並形成液晶偏光層而製造。 The aforementioned liquid crystal polarizing layer is manufactured by coating a liquid crystal polarizing composition on an alignment film to form a liquid crystal polarizing layer.

相較於膜型偏光片,液晶偏光層可形成為較薄厚度。前述液晶偏光層之厚度較佳可為0.5至10μm,更佳為1至5μm。 Compared with film-type polarizers, the liquid crystal polarizer layer can be formed with a thinner thickness. The thickness of the aforementioned liquid crystal polarizing layer is preferably 0.5 to 10 μm, more preferably 1 to 5 μm.

前述定向膜例如可藉由於基材上塗佈定向膜形成組成物並藉由摩擦、照射偏光等賦予定向性而製造。前述定向膜形成組成物除了定向劑以外可含有溶劑、交聯劑、起始劑、分散劑、調平劑、矽烷偶合劑等。前述定向劑可使用例如聚乙烯醇類、聚丙烯酸酯類、聚醯胺酸類、聚醯亞胺類。應用光定向時,較佳為使用含有桂皮酸酯基之定向劑。使用作為前述定向劑之高分子之重量平均分子量可為10,000至1,000,000左右。以定向限制力之觀點來看,前述定向膜之厚度較佳為5至10,000nm,更佳為10至500nm。前述液晶偏光層可從基材剝離並轉印而積層,也可將前述基材維持原本狀 態而積層。前述基材較佳係擔任保護膜或位相差板、窗膜之透明基材的角色。 The aforementioned alignment film can be produced, for example, by applying an alignment film-forming composition on a substrate and imparting alignment by rubbing, irradiating polarized light, or the like. The aforementioned oriented film forming composition may contain a solvent, a crosslinking agent, an initiator, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like in addition to the oriented agent. As the alignment agent, for example, polyvinyl alcohols, polyacrylates, polyamide acids, and polyimides can be used. When photo-alignment is used, it is preferable to use an alignment agent containing cinnamate groups. The weight-average molecular weight of the polymer used as the aforementioned alignment agent may be about 10,000 to 1,000,000. From the viewpoint of orientation confining force, the thickness of the aforementioned orientation film is preferably from 5 to 10,000 nm, more preferably from 10 to 500 nm. The aforementioned liquid crystal polarizing layer may be peeled off from the substrate and transferred to form a laminate, or the aforementioned substrate may be maintained in its original state. state and layered. The aforementioned base material is preferably used as a transparent base material for a protective film, a retardation film, or a window film.

前述保護膜只要為透明高分子膜即可,具體而言,所使用高分子膜可舉出聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚甲基戊烯、具有包含降莰烯或環烯烴之單體之單元之環烯烴系衍生物等聚烯烴類、二乙酸纖維素、三乙酸纖維素、丙醯纖維素等(改質)纖維素類、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(共)聚合物等丙烯酸類、苯乙烯(共)聚合物等聚苯乙烯類、丙烯腈/丁二烯/苯乙烯共聚物類、丙烯腈/苯乙烯共聚物類、乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯共聚物類、聚氯乙烯類、聚偏二氯乙烯類、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚碳酸酯、聚芳酯等聚酯類、耐綸(Nylon)等聚醯胺類、聚醯亞胺類、聚醯胺醯亞胺類、聚醚醯亞胺類、聚醚碸類、聚碸類、聚乙烯醇類、聚乙烯縮醛類、聚胺酯類、環氧樹脂類等的膜,以透明性及耐熱性為優異之觀點來看,較佳可舉出聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚酯、烯烴、丙烯酸或纖維素系的膜。 The aforementioned protective film may be a transparent polymer film. Specifically, examples of the polymer film to be used include polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethylpentene, and one having a monomer unit containing norbornene or cycloolefin. Polyolefins such as cycloolefin derivatives, (modified) celluloses such as cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, and acrylic cellulose, acrylics such as methyl methacrylate (co)polymers, styrene ( Co) polymers such as polystyrene, acrylonitrile/butadiene/styrene copolymers, acrylonitrile/styrene copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymers, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride Polyesters such as vinyl, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, and polyarylate, and polyamides such as nylon Classes, polyimides, polyamideimides, polyetherimides, polyetherimides, polyamides, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl acetals, polyurethanes, epoxy resins From the viewpoint of excellent transparency and heat resistance, polyamide, polyamideimide, polyimide, polyester, olefin, acrylic or cellulose-based films are preferred. .

該等高分子可分別單獨使用或混合2種以上使用。該等膜可在未延伸下使用,或使用經單軸延伸或雙軸延伸的膜。較佳為纖維素系膜、烯烴系膜、丙烯酸膜、聚酯系膜。也可為塗佈環氧樹脂等陽離子硬化組成物或丙烯酸酯等自由基硬化組成物並硬化而獲得之塗層型保護膜。視需要可含有塑化劑、紫外線吸收劑、紅外線吸收劑、顏料或染料之類的著色劑、螢光增白劑、分散劑、熱穩定劑、光穩定劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、光滑劑、溶劑等。 These polymers can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types, respectively. The films can be used unstretched, or uniaxially stretched or biaxially stretched films can be used. Preferable are cellulose-based films, olefin-based films, acrylic films, and polyester-based films. It may also be a coating-type protective film obtained by applying a cation-curing composition such as epoxy resin or a radical-curing composition such as acrylate and curing it. If necessary, it may contain plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, coloring agents such as pigments or dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, smoothing agents, etc. agents, solvents, etc.

前述保護膜之厚度可為200μm以下,較佳為1至100μm。前述保護膜之厚度若為前述範圍,則保護膜之柔軟性不易降低。 The thickness of the aforementioned protective film may be less than 200 μm, preferably 1 to 100 μm. If the thickness of the protective film is within the aforementioned range, the flexibility of the protective film will not be easily reduced.

前述λ/4位相差板為於入射光行進方向之直交方向(亦即膜之面內方向)賦予λ/4之位相差的膜。前述λ/4位相差板可為將纖維素系膜、烯烴系膜、聚碳酸酯系膜等高分子膜延伸而製造之延伸型位相差板。視需要可含有位相差調整劑、塑化劑、紫外線吸收劑、紅外線吸收劑、顏料或染料之類的著色劑、螢光增白劑、分散劑、熱穩定劑、光穩定劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、光滑劑、溶劑等。前述延伸型位相差板之厚度可為200μm以下,較佳為1至100μm。厚度若為前述範圍,則有膜之柔軟性不易降低之傾向。 The aforementioned λ/4 phase difference plate is a film that imparts a phase difference of λ/4 in the direction perpendicular to the traveling direction of incident light (that is, the in-plane direction of the film). The aforementioned λ/4 retardation plate may be an extended retardation plate manufactured by stretching polymer films such as cellulose-based films, olefin-based films, and polycarbonate-based films. If necessary, it may contain phase difference adjusting agent, plasticizer, ultraviolet absorber, infrared absorber, coloring agent such as pigment or dye, fluorescent whitening agent, dispersant, heat stabilizer, light stabilizer, antistatic agent , antioxidants, lubricants, solvents, etc. The thickness of the above-mentioned extended phase difference plate may be less than 200 μm, preferably 1 to 100 μm. When the thickness is within the aforementioned range, the flexibility of the film tends to be less likely to decrease.

再者,前述λ/4位相差板之另一例可為塗佈液晶組成物而形成之液晶塗佈型位相差板。前述液晶組成物包含具有顯示向列型、膽固醇狀、層列等液晶狀態之性質之液晶性化合物。液晶組成物中之包含液晶性化合物之任一化合物係具有聚合性官能基。前述液晶塗佈型位相差板可進一步含有起始劑、溶劑、分散劑、調平劑、穩定劑、界面活性劑、交聯劑、矽烷偶合劑等。前述液晶塗佈型位相差板係與前述液晶偏光層同樣地可藉由於定向膜上塗佈液晶組成物並硬化,形成液晶位相差層而製造。相較於延伸型位相差板,液晶塗佈型位相差板可形成較薄厚度。前述液晶偏光層之厚度通常可為0.5至10μm,較佳為1至5μm。前述液晶塗佈型位相差板可從基材剝離並轉印而積層,也可將前述基材維持原本狀態而積層。前述基材較佳係擔任保護膜或位相差板、窗膜之透明基材的角色。 Furthermore, another example of the aforementioned λ/4 retardation plate may be a liquid crystal coating type retardation plate formed by coating a liquid crystal composition. The aforementioned liquid crystal composition includes a liquid crystal compound having a property of exhibiting liquid crystal states such as nematic, cholesteric, and smectic. Any compound including a liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition has a polymerizable functional group. The aforementioned liquid crystal coating type retardation plate may further contain an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a crosslinking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like. The aforementioned liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be manufactured by coating a liquid crystal composition on an alignment film and curing it to form a liquid crystal retardation layer, similarly to the aforementioned liquid crystal polarizing layer. Compared with the extended type retardation plate, the liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be formed with a thinner thickness. The thickness of the aforementioned liquid crystal polarizing layer may generally be 0.5 to 10 μm, preferably 1 to 5 μm. The above-mentioned liquid crystal coating type phase difference plate may be peeled from the substrate and transferred and laminated, or may be laminated with the substrate as it is. The aforementioned base material is preferably used as a transparent base material for a protective film, a retardation film, or a window film.

一般而言,以顯示波長越短則雙折射越大、波長越長則雙折射越小的材料為多。 In general, there are many materials that exhibit larger birefringence with shorter wavelengths and smaller birefringence with longer wavelengths.

此時,無法在全可見光區域達成λ/4之位相差,故多是設計成在視感度較高之560nm附近成為λ/4之面內位相差,亦即,係以成為100至180nm、較佳為130至150nm之方式設計。利用使用了具有與通常相反之雙折射率波長色散特性之材料的逆分散λ/4位相差板係可使視認性良好,故為較佳。就該材料而言,當為延伸型位相差板的情形,較佳係使用日本特開2007-232873號公報等所記載者,當為液晶塗佈型位相差板的情形,較佳係使用日本特開2010-30979號公報所記載者。 At this time, it is impossible to achieve a phase difference of λ/4 in the entire visible light region, so it is mostly designed to become an in-plane phase difference of λ/4 near 560nm, which has a high visual sensitivity, that is, it is 100 to 180nm, relatively It is better to design in the way of 130 to 150nm. It is preferable to use an inverse dispersion λ/4 retardation plate system using a material having a birefringence wavelength dispersion characteristic opposite to that of a normal one, since visibility is good. As far as the material is concerned, in the case of an extended type retardation film, it is preferable to use the one described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-232873, etc., and in the case of a liquid crystal coating type retardation film, it is preferable to use Japanese Those described in JP-A-2010-30979.

又,作為其他方法,已知藉由與λ/2位相差板組合而獲得寬帶域λ/4位相差板之技術(例如日本特開平10-90521號公報)。λ/2位相差板也能夠以與λ/4位相差板相同之材料及方法而製造。延伸型位相差板與液晶塗佈型位相差板的組合為任意,但皆使用液晶塗佈型位相差板將可使厚度更薄,故為較佳。 Also, as another method, a technique for obtaining a wide-range λ/4 retardation plate by combining with a λ/2 retardation plate is known (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-90521). The λ/2 retardation plate can also be produced with the same material and method as the λ/4 retardation plate. The combination of the stretched type retardation film and the liquid crystal coating type retardation film is optional, but it is preferable to use both of the liquid crystal coating type retardation film because the thickness can be made thinner.

前述圓偏光板中,為了提高斜方向之視認性,已知積層正-C板之方法(例如日本特開2014-224837號公報)。正-C板可為液晶塗佈型位相差板,也可為延伸型位相差板。厚度方向之位相差通常為-200至-20nm,較佳為-140至-40nm。 Among the aforementioned circular polarizing plates, in order to improve visibility in oblique directions, a method of laminating a positive-C plate is known (for example, JP-A-2014-224837). The positive-C plate can be a liquid crystal coating type phase difference plate, or an extended type phase difference plate. The retardation in the thickness direction is usually -200 to -20 nm, preferably -140 to -40 nm.

[觸控感應器] [Touch sensor]

本發明之可撓性顯示裝置可進一步具備觸控感應器。觸控感應器係使用作為輸入手段。觸控感應器已提出電阻膜方式、彈性表面波方式、紅外線方式、電磁感應方式、靜電容量方式等各種樣式,為任一方式皆可。其 中較佳為靜電容量方式。靜電容量方式觸控感應器係區分為活性區域、及位於前述活性區域之外周部之非活性區域。活性區域為在顯示面板顯示出畫面之區域,亦即對應於顯示部之區域,為感測使用者的觸控之區域,非活性區域為在顯示裝置不顯示畫面之區域,亦即對應於非顯示部之區域。觸控感應器可包含具有可撓特性之基板;形成於前述基板之活性區域之感測圖案;及各感測線,其係形成於前述基板之非活性區域,用以經由前述感測圖案及墊部而與外部之驅動電路連接。具有可撓特性之基板可使用與前述高分子膜相同之材料。就抑制觸控感應器之裂隙方面而言,觸控感應器之基板較佳為其韌性為2,000MPa%以上者。更佳係韌性為2,000至30,000MPa%。在此,將韌性定義為經由高分子材料之拉伸實驗所獲得之應力(MPa)-應變(%)曲線(Stress-strain curve)中,到破壞點為止的曲線的下部面積。 The flexible display device of the present invention may further include a touch sensor. A touch sensor is used as an input means. Various types of touch sensors, such as a resistive film method, a surface acoustic wave method, an infrared method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an electrostatic capacitance method, have been proposed, and any method may be used. That Among them, the electrostatic capacitance method is preferable. The capacitive touch sensor is divided into an active area and an inactive area located outside the active area. The active area is the area where the screen is displayed on the display panel, that is, the area corresponding to the display part, and the area that senses the touch of the user. The inactive area is the area that does not display the screen on the display device, that is, the area corresponding to the non- The display area. The touch sensor may include a flexible substrate; a sensing pattern formed on the active area of the aforementioned substrate; and sensing lines formed on the inactive area of the aforementioned substrate for passing through the sensing pattern and the pad The part is connected with the external drive circuit. The substrate with flexible properties can use the same material as the aforementioned polymer film. In terms of suppressing the cracks of the touch sensor, the substrate of the touch sensor is preferably one whose toughness is above 2,000MPa%. More preferably, the toughness is 2,000 to 30,000MPa%. Here, the toughness is defined as the area under the curve up to the failure point in the stress (MPa)-strain (%) curve (Stress-strain curve) obtained through the tensile test of the polymer material.

前述感測圖案可具備形成於第一方向之第一圖案及形成於第二方向之第二圖案。第一圖案及第二圖案可配置於互相相異的方向。第一圖案及第二圖案係形成於相同層,為了感測觸控位點,必須電性連接個別的圖案。第一圖案為各單元圖案經由接點而互相連接之形態,但第二圖案為各單元圖案以島形態互相分離的構造,故為了將第二圖案電性連接而需要另外的橋接電極。感測圖案可應用公知的透明電極素材。可舉例如銦錫氧化物(ITO)、銦鋅氧化物(IZO)、鋅氧化物(ZnO)、銦鋅錫氧化物(IZTO)、銦鎵鋅氧化物(IGZO)、鎘錫氧化物(CTO)、PEDOT[聚(3,4-伸乙基二氧噻吩),poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)]、碳奈米管(CNT)、石墨烯、金屬線等,該等可單獨使用或混合2種以上使用。較佳為可使用ITO。金屬線 所使用之金屬無特別限定,可舉例如銀、金、鋁、銅、鐵、鎳、鈦、硒、鉻等。該等可單獨使用或混合2種以上使用。 The aforementioned sensing pattern may have a first pattern formed in the first direction and a second pattern formed in the second direction. The first pattern and the second pattern can be arranged in different directions from each other. The first pattern and the second pattern are formed on the same layer, and in order to sense the touch points, the respective patterns must be electrically connected. The first pattern is a form in which the unit patterns are connected to each other through contacts, but the second pattern is a structure in which the unit patterns are separated from each other in the form of islands. Therefore, additional bridge electrodes are required to electrically connect the second patterns. Known transparent electrode materials can be used for the sensing pattern. Examples include indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), zinc oxide (ZnO), indium zinc tin oxide (IZTO), indium gallium zinc oxide (IGZO), cadmium tin oxide (CTO) ), PEDOT [poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene), poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)], carbon nanotube (CNT), graphene, metal wire, etc., which can be used alone or mixed Use more than 2 types. Preferably, ITO can be used. metal wire The metal used is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silver, gold, aluminum, copper, iron, nickel, titanium, selenium, and chromium. These can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

橋接電極可在感測圖案上部經由絕緣層形成於前述絕緣層上部,也可在基板上形成橋接電極再於其上形成絕緣層及感測圖案。前述橋接電極可以與感測圖案相同之素材形成,亦可以鉬、銀、鋁、銅、鈀、金、鉑、鋅、錫、鈦或該等中2種以上之合金等金屬形成。第一圖案與第二圖案必須電性絕緣,故於感測圖案與橋接電極之間形成有絕緣層。絕緣層可僅形成於第一圖案之接點與橋接電極之間,也可形成為覆蓋感測圖案的層構造。為後者的情形,橋接電極可經由形成於絕緣層之接觸窗(contact hole)與第二圖案連接。前述觸控感應器可在基板與電極之間進一步具有光學調節層以作為將形成有圖案之圖案區域與未形成圖案之非圖案區域之間的穿透率差進行適當補償的手段,具體而言,為將該等區域中的折射率差所導致的光穿透率差進行適當補償的手段,前述光學調節層可含有無機絕緣物質或有機絕緣物質。光學調節層可係將含有光硬化性有機黏合劑及溶劑之光硬化組成物塗覆於基板上而形成。前述光硬化組成物可進一步含有無機粒子。藉由前述無機粒子而可提高光學調節層之折射率。 The bridging electrodes can be formed on the upper part of the sensing pattern through the insulating layer, or the bridging electrodes can be formed on the substrate and then the insulating layer and the sensing pattern can be formed thereon. The aforementioned bridging electrodes can be formed of the same material as the sensing pattern, or can be formed of metals such as molybdenum, silver, aluminum, copper, palladium, gold, platinum, zinc, tin, titanium, or alloys of two or more of these. The first pattern and the second pattern must be electrically insulated, so an insulating layer is formed between the sensing pattern and the bridging electrodes. The insulating layer may be formed only between the contacts of the first pattern and the bridging electrodes, or may be formed as a layer structure covering the sensing pattern. In the latter case, the bridging electrodes may be connected to the second pattern through contact holes formed in the insulating layer. The aforementioned touch sensor may further have an optical adjustment layer between the substrate and the electrodes as a means of properly compensating for the difference in transmittance between the patterned area and the non-patterned area where no pattern is formed, specifically In order to properly compensate for the difference in light transmittance caused by the difference in refractive index in these regions, the aforementioned optical adjustment layer may contain an inorganic insulating substance or an organic insulating substance. The optical adjustment layer can be formed by coating a photocurable composition containing a photocurable organic adhesive and a solvent on the substrate. The aforementioned photocurable composition may further contain inorganic particles. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer can be increased by the aforementioned inorganic particles.

前述光硬化性有機黏合劑例如可含有丙烯酸酯系單體、苯乙烯系單體、羧酸系單體等各單體之共聚物。前述光硬化性有機黏合劑例如可為包含含有環氧基之重複單元、丙烯酸酯重複單元、羧酸重複單元等互相相異之各重複單元的共聚物。 The aforementioned photocurable organic adhesive may contain, for example, copolymers of monomers such as acrylate-based monomers, styrene-based monomers, and carboxylic acid-based monomers. The aforementioned photocurable organic adhesive can be, for example, a copolymer comprising repeating units that are different from each other, such as epoxy group-containing repeating units, acrylate repeating units, and carboxylic acid repeating units.

前述無機粒子例如可含有氧化鋯粒子、氧化鈦粒子、氧化鋁粒子等。前述光硬化組成物可進一步含有光聚合起始劑、聚合性單體、硬化助劑等各添加劑。 The aforementioned inorganic particles may contain, for example, zirconia particles, titania particles, alumina particles, and the like. The aforementioned photocurable composition may further contain various additives such as a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable monomer, and a curing assistant.

[接著層] [adhesion layer]

形成前述可撓性顯示裝置用積層體之窗膜、偏光板、觸控感應器等各層以及構成各層之線性偏光板、λ/4位相差板等膜構件,係可藉由接著劑而接著。接著劑可使用水系接著劑、有機溶劑系接著劑、無溶劑系接著劑、固體接著劑、溶劑揮發型接著劑、濕氣硬化型接著劑、加熱硬化型接著劑、厭氧硬化型接著劑、水系溶劑揮發型接著劑、活性能量射線硬化型接著劑、硬化劑混合型接著劑、熱熔融型接著劑、感壓型接著劑、感壓型黏著劑、再濕型接著劑等廣為使用者。其中較佳為使用水系溶劑揮發型接著劑、活性能量射線硬化型接著劑、黏著劑。接著層之厚度可因應所求接著力等而適當地調節,例如為0.01至500μm,較佳為0.1至300μm。接著層在前述可撓性影像顯示裝置用積層體中可存在複數層,而各者之厚度及所使用接著劑之種類可相同或相異。 Layers such as window films, polarizers, and touch sensors forming the above-mentioned laminate for flexible display devices, and film components such as linear polarizers and λ/4 retardation plates constituting each layer can be bonded with an adhesive. As the adhesive, water-based adhesives, organic solvent-based adhesives, solvent-free adhesives, solid adhesives, solvent-volatile adhesives, moisture-curing adhesives, heat-curing adhesives, anaerobic-curing adhesives, Water-based solvent-volatile adhesives, active energy ray-curable adhesives, hardener-mixed adhesives, hot-melt adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives, and remoistening adhesives are widely used . Among them, it is preferable to use a water-based solvent-volatile adhesive, an active energy ray-curable adhesive, and an adhesive. The thickness of the adhesive layer can be appropriately adjusted according to the required adhesive force, for example, it is 0.01 to 500 μm, preferably 0.1 to 300 μm. Adhesive layer There may be a plurality of layers in the above-mentioned laminate for flexible image display device, and the thickness of each and the type of adhesive used may be the same or different.

前述水系溶劑揮發型接著劑可使用以聚乙烯醇系聚合物、澱粉等水溶性聚合物、乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯系乳液、苯乙烯/丁二烯系乳液等水分散狀態之聚合物作為主劑聚合物。除了水、前述主劑聚合物以外,也可摻配交聯劑、矽烷系化合物、離子性化合物、交聯觸媒、抗氧化劑、染料、顏料、無機填料、有機溶劑等。藉由前述水系溶劑揮發型接著劑而接著時,係將前述水系溶劑揮發型接著劑注入於被接著層間並貼合被著層後,進行乾燥,藉此可賦予接著性。使用前述水系溶劑揮發型接著劑時,接著層之 厚度可為0.01至10μm,較佳為0.1至1μm。將前述水系溶劑揮發型接著劑用於形成複數層時,各別之層之厚度及前述接著劑之種類可為相同或相異。 The aforementioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesives can use water-dispersed polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol-based polymers, starch and other water-soluble polymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate-based emulsions, and styrene/butadiene-based emulsions as the main agent. polymer. In addition to water and the above-mentioned main ingredient polymer, crosslinking agents, silane compounds, ionic compounds, crosslinking catalysts, antioxidants, dyes, pigments, inorganic fillers, organic solvents, etc. can also be blended. When bonding with the above-mentioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive, inject the above-mentioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive between the layers to be bonded, bond the layers, and then dry them to impart adhesiveness. When using the aforementioned water-based solvent volatile adhesive, the adhesive layer The thickness may be 0.01 to 10 μm, preferably 0.1 to 1 μm. When the above-mentioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive is used to form multiple layers, the thickness of the respective layers and the type of the above-mentioned adhesive may be the same or different.

前述活性能量射線硬化型接著劑可藉由活性能量射線硬化組成物之硬化而形成,該活性能量射線硬化組成物係含有照射活性能量射線而形成接著劑層之反應性材料。前述活性能量射線硬化組成物可含有與硬塗組成物相同之自由基聚合性化合物及陽離子聚合性化合物之至少一種聚合物。前述自由基聚合性化合物係與硬塗組成物相同,可使用與硬塗組成物相同種類者。接著層所使用之自由基聚合性化合物較佳為具有丙烯醯基之化合物。為了降低接著劑組成物之黏度,較佳為含有單官能之化合物。 The aforementioned active energy ray-curable adhesive can be formed by curing an active energy ray-curable composition containing a reactive material that is irradiated with active energy rays to form an adhesive layer. The aforementioned active energy ray-curable composition may contain at least one polymer of the same radical polymerizable compound and cation polymerizable compound as the hard coat composition. The aforementioned radically polymerizable compound is the same as the hard coat composition, and the same type as the hard coat composition can be used. The radically polymerizable compound used in the adhesive layer is preferably a compound having an acryl group. In order to reduce the viscosity of the adhesive composition, it is preferable to contain a monofunctional compound.

前述陽離子聚合性化合物係與硬塗組成物相同,可使用與硬塗組成物相同種類者。活性能量射線硬化組成物所使用之陽離子聚合性化合物較佳為環氧化合物。為了降低接著劑組成物之黏度,較佳為含有單官能之化合物作為反應性稀釋劑。 The aforementioned cationically polymerizable compound is the same as the hard coat composition, and the same type as the hard coat composition can be used. The cationic polymerizable compound used in the active energy ray curing composition is preferably an epoxy compound. In order to reduce the viscosity of the adhesive composition, it is preferable to contain a monofunctional compound as a reactive diluent.

活性能量射線組成物中可進一步含有聚合起始劑。聚合起始劑可適當地選擇使用自由基聚合起始劑、陽離子聚合起始劑、自由基或陽離子聚合起始劑等。該等聚合起始劑為可藉由活性能量射線照射及加熱之至少一種而分解,產生自由基或陽離子並進行自由基聚合及陽離子聚合者。硬塗組成物之記載中可使用藉由照射活性能量射線而開始進行自由基聚合或陽離子聚合中的至少一者之起始劑。 The active energy ray composition may further contain a polymerization initiator. As the polymerization initiator, a radical polymerization initiator, a cationic polymerization initiator, a radical or cationic polymerization initiator and the like can be appropriately selected and used. These polymerization initiators are those that can be decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations and perform radical polymerization and cationic polymerization. In the description of the hard coat composition, an initiator that initiates at least one of radical polymerization or cationic polymerization by irradiating active energy rays can be used.

前述活性能量射線硬化組成物可進一步含有離子捕捉劑、抗氧化劑、鏈轉移劑、密著賦予劑、熱塑性樹脂、填充劑、流動黏度調整劑、 塑化劑、消泡劑溶劑、添加劑、溶劑。藉由前述活性能量射線硬化型接著劑而接著時,可將前述活性能量射線硬化組成物塗佈於被接著層之任一者或兩者後進行貼合,通過任一被接著層或兩者的被接著層照射活性能量射線並硬化,藉此而接著。使用前述活性能量射線硬化型接著劑時,接著層之厚度通常可為0.01至20μm,較佳為0.1至10μm。將前述活性能量射線硬化型接著劑用於形成複數層時,各個層之厚度及所使用接著劑之種類可相同或相異。 The aforementioned active energy ray-curable composition may further contain an ion scavenger, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, an adhesion imparting agent, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a flow viscosity modifier, Plasticizers, defoamers solvents, additives, solvents. When bonding with the above-mentioned active energy ray-curable adhesive, the above-mentioned active energy ray-curable composition can be applied to either or both of the layers to be bonded, and then bonded, passing through either or both of the layers to be bonded The layer to be bonded is irradiated with active energy rays and hardened, thereby being bonded. When the aforementioned active energy ray-curable adhesive is used, the thickness of the adhesive layer may generally be 0.01 to 20 μm, preferably 0.1 to 10 μm. When the aforementioned active energy ray-curable adhesive is used to form multiple layers, the thickness of each layer and the type of adhesive used may be the same or different.

前述黏著劑可因應主劑聚合物而使用分類為丙烯酸系黏著劑、胺酯系黏著劑、橡膠系黏著劑、聚矽氧系黏著劑等之任意者。黏著劑中除了摻配主劑聚合物以外,亦可摻配交聯劑、矽烷系化合物、離子性化合物、交聯觸媒、抗氧化劑、賦黏劑、塑化劑、染料、顏料、無機填料等。使構成前述黏著劑之各成分溶解、分散於溶劑而獲得黏著劑組成物,並將該黏著劑組成物塗佈於基材上後乾燥,藉此形成黏著層或接著層。黏著層可為直接形成,也可為將另外形成於基材之物予以轉印者。為了覆蓋接著前之黏著面而使用脫模膜亦為佳。使用前述黏著劑時,接著層之厚度通常可為1至500μm,較佳為2至300μm。將前述黏著劑用於形成複數層時,各層之厚度及所使用黏著劑之種類可相同或相異。 The above-mentioned adhesive can use any one classified into acrylic adhesives, urethane adhesives, rubber adhesives, silicone adhesives, etc. depending on the polymer of the main agent. In addition to the main polymer, the adhesive can also be blended with cross-linking agents, silane compounds, ionic compounds, cross-linking catalysts, antioxidants, tackifiers, plasticizers, dyes, pigments, inorganic fillers wait. The adhesive composition is obtained by dissolving and dispersing the components constituting the aforementioned adhesive in a solvent, and the adhesive composition is coated on a substrate and dried to form an adhesive layer or an adhesive layer. The adhesive layer may be formed directly, or may be formed by transferring what is separately formed on the base material. It is also preferable to use a release film to cover the adhesive surface before bonding. When the aforementioned adhesive is used, the thickness of the adhesive layer may generally be 1 to 500 μm, preferably 2 to 300 μm. When the aforementioned adhesive is used to form multiple layers, the thickness of each layer and the type of adhesive used may be the same or different.

[遮光圖案] [shading pattern]

前述遮光圖案可應用作為前述可撓性影像顯示裝置之框體或殼體之至少一部分。藉由遮光圖案,可隱藏配置於前述可撓性影像顯示裝置之邊緣部之配線並使其難以被視認,藉此可提高影像之視認性。前述遮光圖案可為單層或複數層之形態。遮光圖案之顏色並無特別限制,可具有黑色、白 色、金屬色等各種顏色。遮光圖案可以實現顏色之顏料、及丙烯酸系樹脂、酯系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚胺酯、聚矽氧等高分子來形成。該等可單獨使用或使用2種類以上的混合物。前述遮光圖案可以印刷、微影(lithography)、噴墨等各種方法形成。遮光圖案之厚度通常為1至100μm,較佳為2至50μm。又,較佳為於遮光圖案之厚度方向賦予傾斜等形狀。 The aforementioned light-shielding pattern can be applied as at least a part of the frame or casing of the aforementioned flexible image display device. The light-shielding pattern can hide the wiring arranged on the edge of the flexible image display device and make it difficult to see, thereby improving the visibility of the image. The aforementioned light-shielding pattern can be in the form of a single layer or multiple layers. The color of the shading pattern is not particularly limited, it can have black, white Color, metallic color and other colors. The light-shielding pattern can be formed by colored pigments and polymers such as acrylic resin, ester resin, epoxy resin, polyurethane, and polysiloxane. These can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types. The aforementioned light-shielding pattern can be formed by various methods such as printing, lithography, and inkjet. The thickness of the light-shielding pattern is usually 1 to 100 μm, preferably 2 to 50 μm. Moreover, it is preferable to give shapes, such as inclination, to the thickness direction of a light-shielding pattern.

(實施例) (Example)

以下藉由實施例及比較例進一步詳細說明本發明,但本發明並不限定於該實施例。又,實施例及比較例中之「%」及「份」在未有另有說明下為「質量%」及「質量份」。 The present invention will be described in further detail below through examples and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited to the examples. In addition, "%" and "part" in an Example and a comparative example are "mass %" and "mass part" unless otherwise indicated.

<測定重量平均分子量> <Measurement of weight average molecular weight>

凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定 Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) Determination

(1)前處理方法 (1) Pretreatment method

於聚醯胺醯亞胺膜將DMF溶析液(添加有溴化鋰10mmol/L之溶液)以濃度成為2mg/mL之方式添加,並於80℃一邊攪拌30分鐘一邊加熱,冷卻後以0.45μm薄膜過濾器進行過濾,並以此作為測定溶液。 Add DMF eluent (solution with lithium bromide 10mmol/L) to the polyamideimide membrane so that the concentration becomes 2mg/mL, and heat at 80°C while stirring for 30 minutes, and form a 0.45μm film after cooling filter, and use this as the assay solution.

(2)測定條件 (2) Measurement conditions

管柱:TOSOH股份有限公司製TSKgel α-2500[(7)7.8mm徑×300mm)×1支,α-M((13)7.8mm徑×300mm]×2支。 Column: TSKgel α-2500 manufactured by TOSOH Co., Ltd. [(7) 7.8 mm diameter × 300 mm) × 1 branch, α-M ((13) 7.8 mm diameter × 300 mm] × 2 branches.

溶析液:DMF(添加10mmol/L之溴化鋰)。 Eluent: DMF (with the addition of 10 mmol/L lithium bromide).

流量:1.0mL/分鐘。 Flow rate: 1.0mL/min.

檢測器:RI檢測器。 Detector: RI detector.

管柱溫度:40℃。 Column temperature: 40°C.

注入量:100μL。 Injection volume: 100 μL.

分子量標準:標準聚苯乙烯。 Molecular weight standard: standard polystyrene.

〔製造例1〕 [Manufacturing example 1]

聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)之製造 Manufacture of polyamide imide resin (1)

在氮氣環境下,於具備攪拌翼片之1L分離燒瓶加入DMAc 313.6g,一邊在室溫攪拌一邊加入TFMB 16.77g(52.37mmol)並溶解於DMAc。接著於燒瓶加入6FDA 4.797g(10.80mmol)及下式(A)所示四羧酸二酐(TMPBP-TME)6.679g(10.80mmol),在室溫攪拌16小時。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 313.6 g of DMAc was added to a 1 L separation flask equipped with stirring fins, and 16.77 g (52.37 mmol) of TFMB was added while stirring at room temperature, and dissolved in DMAc. Then, 4.797 g (10.80 mmol) of 6FDA and 6.679 g (10.80 mmol) of tetracarboxylic dianhydride (TMPBP-TME) represented by the following formula (A) were added to the flask, and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours.

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0065-21
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0065-21

其後,於燒瓶加入TPC 6.576g(32.39mmol)及DMAc 313.6g,在室溫攪拌2小時。接著於燒瓶加入N,N-二異丙基乙胺5.582g(43.19mmol)及乙酸酐7.716g(75.58mmol)、4-甲基吡啶4.022g(43.19mmol),在室溫攪拌30分鐘後,使用油浴升溫至70℃,進一步攪拌3小時,而獲得反應液。將所得反應液冷卻至室溫並攪拌,徐緩地投入反應液之質量之1.385倍質量的甲醇,其後徐緩地投入所得反應液之質量之0.6924倍質量之水。將析出之沉澱物取出,以甲醇洗淨。接著於80℃減壓乾燥沉澱物,而獲得聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)。聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)之Mw為360,000。 Thereafter, 6.576 g (32.39 mmol) of TPC and 313.6 g of DMAc were added to the flask, and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, 5.582g (43.19mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 7.716g (75.58mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 4.022g (43.19mmol) of 4-picoline were added to the flask, and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The temperature was raised to 70° C. using an oil bath, and further stirred for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid. The resulting reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and stirred, and slowly poured into methanol with a mass of 1.385 times the mass of the reaction solution, and then slowly poured into water with a mass of 0.6924 times the mass of the obtained reaction solution. The separated precipitate was taken out and washed with methanol. Then, the precipitate was dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. to obtain a polyamideimide resin (1). Mw of the polyamideimide resin (1) was 360,000.

〔製造例2〕 [Manufacturing example 2]

聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(2)之製造 Manufacture of polyamide imide resin (2)

在氮氣環境下,於具備攪拌翼片之1L分離燒瓶加入DMAc 313.6g,一邊在室溫攪拌一邊加入TFMB 17.43g(54.43mmol)並溶解於DMAc。接著於燒瓶加入6FDA 2.493g(5.610mmol)及TMPBP-TME 6.942g(11.22mmol),在室溫攪拌16小時。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 313.6 g of DMAc was added to a 1 L separation flask equipped with stirring fins, and 17.43 g (54.43 mmol) of TFMB was added while stirring at room temperature, and dissolved in DMAc. Then, 2.493 g (5.610 mmol) of 6FDA and 6.942 g (11.22 mmol) of TMPBP-TME were added to the flask, and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours.

其後,於燒瓶加入TPC 7.975g(39.28mmol)、DMAc 313.6g,在室溫攪拌2小時。接著於燒瓶加入N,N-二異丙基乙胺5.077g(39.28mmol)及乙酸酐12.03g(117.84mmol)、4-甲基吡啶3.658g(39.28mmol),在室溫攪拌30分鐘後,使用油浴升溫至70℃,進一步攪拌3小時,而獲得反應液。將所得反應液冷卻至室溫並攪拌,徐緩地投入反應液之質量之1.385倍質量的甲醇,其後徐緩地投入所得反應液之質量之0.6924倍質量之水。將析出之沉澱物取出,以甲醇洗淨。接著於80℃減壓乾燥沉澱物,而獲得聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(2)。聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(2)之Mw為330,000。 Thereafter, 7.975 g (39.28 mmol) of TPC and 313.6 g of DMAc were added to the flask, and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, 5.077g (39.28mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 12.03g (117.84mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 3.658g (39.28mmol) of 4-picoline were added to the flask, and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The temperature was raised to 70° C. using an oil bath, and further stirred for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid. The resulting reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and stirred, and slowly poured into methanol with a mass of 1.385 times the mass of the reaction solution, and then slowly poured into water with a mass of 0.6924 times the mass of the obtained reaction solution. The separated precipitate was taken out and washed with methanol. Then, the precipitate was dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. to obtain a polyamideimide resin (2). The Mw of the polyamideimide resin (2) was 330,000.

〔製造例3〕 [Manufacturing example 3]

聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(3)之製造 Manufacture of polyamide imide resin (3)

在氮氣環境下,於具備攪拌翼片之1L分離燒瓶加入DMAc 313.6g,一邊在室溫攪拌一邊加入TFMB 18.36g(57.33mmol)並溶解於DMAc。接著將反應液冷卻至10℃。冷卻後於燒瓶添加6FDA 7.718g(17.37mol),維持10℃並攪拌16小時。其後於燒瓶加入OBBC 1.709g(5.791mmol)、TPC 7.054g(34.75mmol)、DMAc 313.6g,於10℃攪拌2小時。接著於燒瓶加入N,N-二異丙基乙胺5.240g(40.54mmol)及乙酸酐12.416g(121.6mmol)、4-甲基吡啶3.775g(40.54mmol),在室溫攪拌30分鐘後,使用油浴升溫至70℃,進一步攪拌3小時,而獲得反應液。將所得反應液冷卻至室溫並攪 拌,徐緩地投入反應液之質量之1.385倍質量的甲醇,其後徐緩地投入所得反應液之質量之0.6924倍質量之水。將析出之沉澱物取出,以甲醇洗淨。接著於80℃減壓乾燥沉澱物,而獲得聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(3)。聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(3)之Mw為430,000。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 313.6 g of DMAc was added to a 1 L separation flask equipped with stirring fins, and 18.36 g (57.33 mmol) of TFMB was added while stirring at room temperature, and dissolved in DMAc. Then the reaction solution was cooled to 10°C. After cooling, 7.718 g (17.37 mol) of 6FDA was added to the flask, maintained at 10° C. and stirred for 16 hours. Thereafter, OBBC 1.709 g (5.791 mmol), TPC 7.054 g (34.75 mmol), and DMAc 313.6 g were added to the flask, and stirred at 10° C. for 2 hours. Then, 5.240 g (40.54 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 12.416 g (121.6 mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 3.775 g (40.54 mmol) of 4-methylpyridine were added to the flask, and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The temperature was raised to 70° C. using an oil bath, and further stirred for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid. The resulting reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and stirred Mix, slowly drop into the methanol of 1.385 times of the quality of the reaction solution, then slowly drop into the water of 0.6924 times of the quality of the reaction solution obtained. The separated precipitate was taken out and washed with methanol. Then, the precipitate was dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. to obtain a polyamideimide resin (3). The Mw of the polyamideimide resin (3) was 430,000.

〔製造例4〕 [Manufacturing example 4]

二氧化矽溶膠之調製 Preparation of silica sol

於2L之燒瓶投入甲醇分散二氧化矽溶膠(日產化學股份有限公司製,MA-ST-G-ML1;平均粒徑27μm,二氧化矽粒子固體成分30.5質量%)393.4g及GBL 261.0g,於真空蒸發器在45℃之熱水浴下,以400hPa蒸發甲醇40分鐘,並以250Pa蒸發甲醇60分鐘。又,在250hPa下升溫至80℃並加熱30分鐘,而獲得分散GBL之二氧化矽溶膠1。 393.4 g of methanol-dispersed silica sol (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd., MA-ST-G-ML1; average particle size: 27 μm, solid content of silica particles: 30.5% by mass) and 261.0 g of GBL were put into a 2-L flask. Under the hot water bath at 45°C, the vacuum evaporator evaporates methanol at 400hPa for 40 minutes, and at 250Pa for 60 minutes. Also, the temperature was raised to 80° C. at 250 hPa and heated for 30 minutes to obtain GBL-dispersed silica sol 1 .

〔製造例5〕 [Manufacturing example 5]

硬化性樹脂組成物A之調製 Preparation of Curable Resin Composition A

將丙烯酸胺酯酯(Miwon Specialty Chemical Co.,Ltd.製,MIRAMER 620D)19質量份、多官能丙烯酸酯(Miwon Specialty Chemical Co.,Ltd.製,MIRAMER SP1106)19質量份、五氧化銻(東洋印墨股份有限公司製,TYS-F90-KR)20質量份、甲基乙基酮(東京化成工業股份有限公司製)38質量份、調平劑(BYK JAPAN股份有限公司製BYK(註冊商標)-307)0.3質量份攪拌混合,而獲得硬化性樹脂組成物A。 19 parts by mass of urethane acrylate (manufactured by Miwon Specialty Chemical Co., Ltd., MIRAMER 620D), 19 parts by mass of polyfunctional acrylate (manufactured by Miwon Specialty Chemical Co., Ltd., MIRAMER SP1106), antimony pentoxide (Toyo Ink ink Co., Ltd., TYS-F90-KR) 20 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 38 parts by mass, leveling agent (BYK (registered trademark) by BYK JAPAN Co., Ltd. -307) 0.3 parts by mass were stirred and mixed to obtain curable resin composition A.

〔製造例6〕 [Manufacturing example 6]

硬化性樹脂組成物B之調製 Preparation of Curable Resin Composition B

將3,4-環氧環己烷羧酸3,4-環氧環己基甲酯(Daicel股份有限公司製,celloxide 2021P)9.5質量份、甲基丙烯酸3,4-環氧環己基甲酯(Daicel股份有限公司製,cyclomer M100)18.9質量份、4官能丙烯酸酯(新中村化學股份有限公司製,A-TMMT)18.9質量份、3官能丙烯酸酯(新中村化學股份有限公司製,A-TMPT)9.5質量份、丙烯醯基修飾二氧化矽粒子(日產化學股份有限公司製,PGM-2140Y;平均一次粒徑10至15nm)40質量份、錪(4-甲基苯基)[4-(2-甲基丙基)苯基]-六氟磷酸鹽與碳酸伸丙酯的質量比3:1的混合物(BASF JAPAN股份有限公司製,IRGACURE(註冊商標)250)1.0質量份、1-羥基-環己基-苯基-酮(BASF JAPAN股份有限公司製,IRGACURE(註冊商標)184)2.2質量份、聚矽氧系調平劑(BYK JAPAN股份有限公司製,BYK(註冊商標)-307)0.1質量份攪拌混合,而獲得硬化性樹脂組成物B。 9.5 parts by mass of 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate (manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd., celloxide 2021P), 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate ( Daicel Co., Ltd., cyclomer M100) 18.9 parts by mass, 4-functional acrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., A-TMMT) 18.9 parts by mass, tri-functional acrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., A-TMPT) ) 9.5 parts by mass, acryl-modified silica particles (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd., PGM-2140Y; average primary particle diameter 10 to 15 nm) 40 parts by mass, iodonium (4-methylphenyl) [4-( 2-methylpropyl)phenyl]-hexafluorophosphate and propylene carbonate in a mass ratio of 3:1 mixture (manufactured by BASF JAPAN Co., Ltd., IRGACURE (registered trademark) 250) 1.0 parts by mass, 1-hydroxy - Cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (manufactured by BASF JAPAN Co., Ltd., IRGACURE (registered trademark) 184) 2.2 parts by mass, silicone-based leveling agent (manufactured by BYK JAPAN Co., Ltd., BYK (registered trademark)-307) 0.1 parts by mass were stirred and mixed to obtain curable resin composition B.

〔製造例7〕 [Manufacturing example 7]

聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(1)之製造 Manufacture of polyamideimide film (1)

於聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)加入DMAc,而製作10.5質量%之聚醯胺醯亞胺清漆(1)。將所得聚醯胺醯亞胺清漆(1)使用塗敷器而以最終獲得膜之厚度成為50μm之方式塗佈於玻璃基材之平滑面上,以140℃乾燥30分鐘,而獲得自支撐膜。將所得自支撐膜固定於金屬框,以210℃乾燥90分鐘,而獲得厚度50μm之聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(1)。 DMAc was added to the polyamideimide resin (1) to prepare a 10.5% by mass polyamideimide varnish (1). The obtained polyamideimide varnish (1) was coated on a smooth surface of a glass substrate using an applicator so that the thickness of the finally obtained film became 50 μm, and dried at 140° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a self-supporting film . The obtained self-supporting film was fixed on a metal frame, and dried at 210° C. for 90 minutes to obtain a polyamideimide film (1) with a thickness of 50 μm.

〔製造例8〕 [Manufacturing example 8]

聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(2)之製造 Manufacture of polyamideimide film (2)

於聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(2)加入DMAc,而調製8.4質量%之聚醯胺醯亞胺清漆(2),除此之外以與製造例7相同方式而獲得厚度50μm之聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(2)。 Add DMAc to polyamide imide resin (2) to prepare 8.4% by mass of polyamide imide varnish (2), and obtain polyamide with a thickness of 50 μm in the same manner as in Production Example 7 Imide film (2).

〔製造例9〕 [Manufacturing example 9]

聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(3)之製造 Manufacture of polyamideimide film (3)

將聚醯胺醯亞胺(1)溶解於GBL,加入分散GBL之二氧化矽溶膠1並充分混合,而獲得聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)/二氧化矽粒子混合清漆。將由相對於所得清漆質量之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)及二氧化矽粒子之總質量而求得之固體成分濃度設為8.5質量%,而調製聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)與二氧化矽粒子之比率為95:5之聚醯胺醯亞胺清漆(3),除此之外以與製造例7相同方式而獲得厚度50μm之聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(3)。 Dissolve polyamideimide (1) in GBL, add GBL-dispersed silica sol 1 and mix thoroughly to obtain polyamideimide resin (1)/silica particle mixed varnish. The solid content concentration obtained from the total mass of the polyamide imide resin (1) and the silica particles relative to the mass of the obtained varnish was set to 8.5% by mass, and the polyamide imide resin (1) was prepared A polyamide imide film (3) having a thickness of 50 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 7 except that the ratio of the silicon dioxide particle to the polyamide imide varnish (3) was 95:5.

〔製造例10〕 [Manufacturing Example 10]

聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(4)之製造 Manufacture of polyamideimide film (4)

使用聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(3),以固體成分濃度成為7.7質量%之方式加入GBL,而調製聚醯胺醯亞胺清漆(4)。使用所得聚醯胺醯亞胺清漆(4),除此之外以與製造例7相同方式,而獲得厚度50μm之聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(4)。 Using the polyamide imide resin (3), GBL was added so that the solid content concentration became 7.7 mass %, and the polyamide imide varnish (4) was prepared. Except having used the obtained polyamide-imide varnish (4), it carried out similarly to manufacture example 7, and obtained the polyamide-imide film (4) of thickness 50 micrometers.

〔實施例1〕 [Example 1]

於聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(1)之單面將製造例5所調製之硬化性樹脂組成物A藉由棒塗佈器以乾燥後之厚度成為5μm之方式塗佈。其後以80℃乾燥3分鐘,照射紫外線並硬化,藉此獲得光學積層體1。紫外線之照射係在氮環境下以高壓汞燈(UV曝光量:500mJ/cm2,紫外線照度:200mW/cm2)進行。所得光學積層體1中的硬塗層之厚度為5μm。 The curable resin composition A prepared in Production Example 5 was applied to one side of the polyamideimide film (1) with a bar coater so that the thickness after drying would be 5 μm. Thereafter, the optical layered body 1 was obtained by drying at 80° C. for 3 minutes, irradiating with ultraviolet rays, and curing. The ultraviolet irradiation was carried out under a nitrogen environment with a high-pressure mercury lamp (UV exposure: 500mJ/cm 2 , ultraviolet illuminance: 200mW/cm 2 ). The thickness of the hard-coat layer in the obtained optical layered body 1 was 5 micrometers.

〔實施例2〕 [Example 2]

使用聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(2)取代聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(1),除此之外以與實施例1相同方式而製造光學積層體2。 An optical layered body 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polyamideimide film (2) was used instead of the polyamideimide film (1).

〔實施例3〕 [Example 3]

於聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(1)之單面使用製造例6所調製之硬化性樹脂組成物B,除此之外以與實施例1相同方式而製造光學積層體3。 An optical layered body 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the curable resin composition B prepared in Production Example 6 was used on one side of the polyamideimide film (1).

〔實施例4〕 [Example 4]

使用聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(2)取代聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(1),除此之外以與實施例3相同方式而製造光學積層體4。 An optical layered body 4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the polyamideimide film (2) was used instead of the polyamideimide film (1).

〔實施例5〕 [Example 5]

將硬塗層之厚度設為10μm,除此之外以與實施例1相同方式而製造光學積層體5。 The optical layered body 5 was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 1 except having set the thickness of the hard-coat layer to 10 micrometers.

〔實施例6〕 [Example 6]

使用聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(3)取代聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(1),除此之外以與實施例1相同方式而製造光學積層體6。 An optical layered body 6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polyamideimide film (3) was used instead of the polyamideimide film (1).

〔比較例1〕 [Comparative Example 1]

於聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(4)之單面將製造例5所調製之硬化性樹脂組成物A藉由棒塗佈器以乾燥後之厚度成為5μm之方式塗佈。其後以80℃乾燥3分鐘,照射紫外線並硬化,藉此獲得光學積層體7。紫外線之照射係在氮環境下以高壓汞燈(UV曝光量:500mJ/cm2,紫外線照度:200mW/cm2)進行。所得光學積層體7中的硬塗層之厚度為5μm。 The curable resin composition A prepared in Production Example 5 was applied to one side of the polyamideimide film (4) with a bar coater so that the thickness after drying became 5 μm. Thereafter, the optical layered body 7 was obtained by drying at 80° C. for 3 minutes, irradiating with ultraviolet rays, and curing. The ultraviolet irradiation was carried out under a nitrogen environment with a high-pressure mercury lamp (UV exposure: 500mJ/cm 2 , ultraviolet illuminance: 200mW/cm 2 ). The thickness of the hard coat layer in the obtained optical layered body 7 was 5 μm.

〔比較例2〕 [Comparative Example 2]

使用聚酯膜(E5000;東洋紡股份有限公司製)取代聚醯胺醯亞胺膜(1),除此之外以與實施例1相同方式而製造光學積層體8。 An optical layered body 8 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a polyester film (E5000; manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was used instead of the polyamideimide film (1).

〔壓劃痕試驗〕 〔Scratch test〕

依序貼合實施例1至6及比較例1至2所得各光學積層體、玻璃、100μm之有機EL面板之替代品、25μm之(甲基)丙烯酸系黏著片料,而製作寬度6cm、長度10cm之壓劃痕試驗樣品。各試驗樣品中,以光學積層體之硬塗層側的面為最表面。在溫度23℃、濕度50%之環境下,將筆頭直徑0.7mm、壓縮彈性模數1.0GPa之觸控筆A、及筆頭直徑0.7mm、壓縮彈性模數3.0GPa觸控筆B分別以相對於試驗片之最表面使筆成為90°之方式設置,並以砝碼質量50g施加荷重,以500mm/分鐘之速度於30mm之距離以返回等待時間(return waiting time)2秒來回1次,而實施壓劃痕試驗。接著於相同試驗樣品之其他處將砝碼之荷重以每100g單位從100至1100g進行改變,實施相同的壓劃痕試驗。其後在溫度23℃、濕度50%之環境下靜置,將劃痕試驗2小時後無法視認凹陷之最大荷重判定作為臨界荷重。最大荷重越大則表示越不容易凹陷。 The optical laminates obtained in Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2, glass, a substitute for an organic EL panel of 100 μm, and a (meth)acrylic adhesive sheet of 25 μm were laminated in order to produce a width of 6 cm and a length of 10cm pressure scratch test sample. In each test sample, the surface on the hard coat side of the optical layered body was the outermost surface. In an environment with a temperature of 23°C and a humidity of 50%, the stylus A with a tip diameter of 0.7mm and a compressive elastic modulus of 1.0GPa, and the stylus pen B with a tip diameter of 0.7mm and a compressive elastic modulus of 3.0GPa were compared to Set the pen at 90° on the outermost surface of the test piece, and apply a load with a weight of 50g, at a speed of 500mm/min at a distance of 30mm, return waiting time (return waiting time) 2 seconds back and forth once, and implement Pressure scratch test. Then, at other places of the same test sample, the load of the weight was changed from 100 to 1100 g per 100 g unit, and the same indentation test was carried out. Afterwards, it was left standing in an environment with a temperature of 23°C and a humidity of 50%, and the maximum load at which the dent could not be recognized after 2 hours of the scratch test was determined as the critical load. The larger the maximum load, the less likely it is to dent.

〔劃痕之凹陷(永久凹陷深度)〕 〔Depression of scratches (permanent depression depth)〕

以與前述壓劃痕試驗相同方式實施劃痕試驗,將試驗樣品於溫度23℃、濕度50%之環境下靜置24小時。其後使用探針式輪廓儀系統(Bruker Japan公司製,Dektak XT-Standard),而取得以探針半徑(Stylus radius):2μm,探針力道(Stylus Force):3mg探測的部分之凹陷形狀的輪廓。由所得輪廓之二維曲線圖表以定常面0為基準,而求出最小值作為永久凹陷深度。 The scratch test was carried out in the same manner as the aforementioned pressure scratch test, and the test sample was left to stand for 24 hours in an environment with a temperature of 23°C and a humidity of 50%. Thereafter, using a stylus profiler system (Bruker Japan, Dektak XT-Standard), the concave shape of the part probed with a probe radius (Stylus radius): 2 μm and a probe force (Stylus Force): 3 mg was obtained. contour. Based on the two-dimensional curve chart of the obtained profile, the minimum value is obtained as the permanent depression depth based on the constant surface 0.

〔拉伸試驗〕 〔Stretching test〕

將實施例1至6及比較例1至2所得光學積層體分別使用啞鈴切割機(dumbbell cutter)裁切為JIS2號啞鈴狀,而獲得樣品。將該等樣品之拉伸試驗使用桌上形精密萬能試驗機(島津製作所股份有限公司製Autograph AGS-X)以夾具間距80mm、拉伸速度100mm/分鐘之條件獲得應力-應變曲線。 The optical layered bodies obtained in Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 were each cut into a JIS No. 2 dumbbell shape using a dumbbell cutter to obtain samples. The tensile test of these samples was carried out using a desktop precision universal testing machine (Autograph AGS-X manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) to obtain a stress-strain curve under the conditions of a clamp distance of 80 mm and a tensile speed of 100 mm/min.

所得曲線中,以從線形變更為非線形時為降伏點,並求出此時之應力值作為降伏應力。 In the obtained curve, the drop point is taken when the shape changes from linear to nonlinear, and the stress value at this time is obtained as the drop stress.

〔高速拉伸試驗〕 〔High speed tensile test〕

將製造例7至10所得聚醯胺醯亞胺膜分別使用啞鈴切割機裁切為JIS2號啞鈴狀,而獲得樣品。將該等樣品使用具備最大荷重2KN之荷重元(load cell)之高速拉伸試驗機(島津製作所股份有限公司製Hydroshot HITS-T10),以夾具間距80mm、拉伸速度0.1m/秒之條件而獲得應力-應變曲線。所得曲線中,以從線形開始變為非線形時作為降伏點,以此時之應力值作為降伏應力而求。 The polyamideimide films obtained in Production Examples 7 to 10 were cut into JIS No. 2 dumbbell shapes using a dumbbell cutter, respectively, to obtain samples. These samples were tested using a high-speed tensile testing machine (Hydroshot HITS-T10 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) equipped with a load cell with a maximum load of 2KN, under the conditions of a clamp distance of 80 mm and a tensile speed of 0.1 m/s. Obtain a stress-strain curve. In the obtained curve, the point at which the curve changes from linear to nonlinear is taken as the drop point, and the stress value at this time is used as the drop stress.

〔鉛筆硬度試驗〕 〔Pencil hardness test〕

根據JIS K 5600-5-4:1999而測定實施例1至6及比較例1至2所得光學積層體之硬塗層側的面之鉛筆硬度。測定時之荷重為1kg,測定速度為60mm/分鐘。 The pencil hardness of the hard-coat side surface of the optical layered body obtained in Examples 1-6 and Comparative Examples 1-2 was measured based on JISK5600-5-4:1999. The load at the time of measurement was 1 kg, and the measurement speed was 60 mm/min.

〔耐彎曲性試驗〕 〔Bend resistance test〕

將實施例1至6及比較例1至2所得光學積層體分別使用雷射切割機裁切為寬度10mm、長度100mm之大小。將經裁切的光學積層體以折彎時 硬塗層成為內側之方式設置於FOLDING MACHINE(FOREHU製YM-RT-330)之輔助具板(R=1.5mm),並在室溫環境下以試驗速度60rpm之條件實施重複折彎試驗,測定可在不破裂下折彎之次數,並作為各光學積層體之耐彎曲次數。 The optical layered bodies obtained in Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 were respectively cut into sizes of 10 mm in width and 100 mm in length using a laser cutting machine. When the cut optical laminate is bent The hard coating is placed on the auxiliary board (R=1.5mm) of the FOLDING MACHINE (YM-RT-330 manufactured by FOREHU) in such a way that the hard coating is on the inside, and repeated bending tests are carried out at room temperature at a test speed of 60rpm to measure The number of times that can be bent without breaking is used as the number of times of bending resistance of each optical laminate.

〔聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之厚度〕 [Thickness of polyimide resin film and optical laminate]

聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜及光學積層體之厚度係使用Digimatic Indicator(mitutoyo股份有限公司製ID-C112XBS)測定10處以上之膜厚度,並計算出其平均值。 The thickness of the polyimide resin film and the optical laminate was measured at 10 or more locations using a Digimatic Indicator (ID-C112XBS manufactured by Mitutoyo Co., Ltd.), and the average value was calculated.

〔功能層之厚度〕 〔Thickness of functional layer〕

功能層之厚度係使用桌上膜厚系統(Filmetrics公司製,F20)而測定。 The thickness of the functional layer was measured using a desktop film thickness system (manufactured by Filmetrics, F20).

對上述製造例所得聚醯胺醯亞胺膜或實施例1至6及比較例1至2所得光學積層體進行上述評估。將所得之結果示於表1。 The above-mentioned evaluation was performed on the polyamideimide film obtained in the above-mentioned production example or the optical laminate obtained in Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2. Table 1 shows the obtained results.

[表1]

Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0074-22
[Table 1]
Figure 111113277-A0202-12-0074-22

實施例1至6所記載之光學積層體係對於壓縮彈性模數相異之2種之觸控筆具有高臨界荷重者。因此,確認到本發明之光學積層體不容易因為與外在因素接觸而於表面產生凹陷,係凹陷之表面可容易地復原的光學積層體。相對於此,比較例1及2所記載之光學積層體對於2種類之觸控筆之臨界荷重較低,並非具有充分抗凹陷性者。 The optical layered systems described in Examples 1 to 6 have a higher critical load for two types of stylus with different compressive elastic modulus. Therefore, it was confirmed that the optical layered body of the present invention is unlikely to be dented on the surface due to contact with external factors, and that the dented surface can be easily restored. On the other hand, the optical laminates described in Comparative Examples 1 and 2 had low critical loads for the two types of stylus pens and did not have sufficient dent resistance.

Claims (10)

一種光學積層體,其係包含由聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜所構成之基材層、及包含硬化性樹脂的硬化物之功能層,且前述光學積層體之拉伸速度為100mm/分鐘時的降伏應力為100MPa以上。 An optical laminate comprising a substrate layer made of a polyimide resin film and a functional layer comprising a cured product of a curable resin, wherein the stretching speed of the optical laminate is 100 mm/min The yield stress is above 100MPa. 如請求項1所述之光學積層體,其中,前述聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜之拉伸速度為0.1m/秒時的降伏應力為200MPa以上。 The optical laminate according to claim 1, wherein the polyimide resin film has a yield stress of 200 MPa or more at a stretching speed of 0.1 m/sec. 如請求項1或2所述之光學積層體,其係具有15至120μm之厚度,且以R=1.5mm測定之耐彎曲次數為20萬次以上。 The optical laminate as described in claim 1 or 2 has a thickness of 15 to 120 μm, and has a bending resistance of more than 200,000 times measured at R=1.5 mm. 如請求項1至3中任一項所述之光學積層體,其中,使用壓縮彈性模數為3.0GPa且具有直徑0.7mm的前端之輔助具而以荷重200g測定時之永久凹陷深度為0.5μm以下。 The optical laminate according to any one of Claims 1 to 3, wherein the depth of the permanent depression when measured under a load of 200 g is 0.5 μm using an auxiliary tool having a compressive modulus of elasticity of 3.0 GPa and a tip having a diameter of 0.7 mm. the following. 如請求項1至3中任一項所述之光學積層體,其中,使用壓縮彈性模數為1.0GPa且具有直徑0.7mm的前端之輔助具而以荷重1000g測定時之永久凹陷深度為0.5μm以下。 The optical laminate according to any one of Claims 1 to 3, wherein the depth of the permanent depression when measured with a load of 1000 g is 0.5 μm using an auxiliary tool having a compressive modulus of elasticity of 1.0 GPa and a tip having a diameter of 0.7 mm the following. 如請求項1至5中任一項所述之光學積層體,其中,功能層側的面之鉛筆硬度為H以上。 The optical layered body according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the pencil hardness of the surface on the functional layer side is H or higher. 如請求項1至6中任一項所述之光學積層體,其中,聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜包含聚醯亞胺系樹脂,前述聚醯亞胺系樹脂係包含式(1)所示結構單元,且式(1)中之Y包含式(3)所示之結構; The optical laminate according to any one of Claims 1 to 6, wherein the polyimide-based resin film comprises a polyimide-based resin, and the polyimide-based resin comprises a structure represented by formula (1) Unit, and Y in formula (1) comprises the structure shown in formula (3);
Figure 111113277-A0202-13-0001-23
Figure 111113277-A0202-13-0001-23
式(1)中,X表示2價有機基,Y表示4價有機基,*表示鍵結鍵; In formula (1), X represents a 2-valent organic group, Y represents a 4-valent organic group, and * represents a bonding bond;
Figure 111113277-A0202-13-0002-25
Figure 111113277-A0202-13-0002-25
式(3)中,R1互相獨立地表示鹵原子、可具有鹵原子之烷基、烷氧基、芳基、或芳氧基,R2至R5互相獨立地表示氫原子、或可具有鹵原子之一價烴基,m互相獨立地表示0至3之整數,n表示1至4之整數,*表示鍵結鍵,但具有R2至R5之至少1個苯環中,R2至R5中的至少3個為可具有鹵原子之一價烴基。 In formula (3), R 1 independently represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aryloxy group that may have a halogen atom, and R 2 to R 5 independently represent a hydrogen atom, or may have A valent hydrocarbon group of a halogen atom, m independently represents an integer from 0 to 3, n represents an integer from 1 to 4, * represents a bond, but in at least one benzene ring with R2 to R5 , R2 to At least three of R 5 are valent hydrocarbon groups which may have a halogen atom.
一種可撓性顯示裝置,係具備請求項1至7中任一項所述之光學積層體。 A flexible display device comprising the optical laminate described in any one of Claims 1 to 7. 如請求項8所述之可撓性顯示裝置,其更具備觸控感應器。 The flexible display device as described in Claim 8 further has a touch sensor. 如請求項8或9所述之可撓性顯示裝置,其更具備偏光板。 The flexible display device according to claim 8 or 9 further includes a polarizing plate.
TW111113277A 2021-04-14 2022-04-07 Optical laminate and flexible display device TW202302718A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021068658A JP2022163622A (en) 2021-04-14 2021-04-14 Optical laminate and flexible display device
JP2021-068658 2021-04-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202302718A true TW202302718A (en) 2023-01-16

Family

ID=83575112

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111113277A TW202302718A (en) 2021-04-14 2022-04-07 Optical laminate and flexible display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2022163622A (en)
KR (1) KR20220142371A (en)
CN (1) CN115197458A (en)
TW (1) TW202302718A (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2022163622A (en) 2022-10-26
CN115197458A (en) 2022-10-18
KR20220142371A (en) 2022-10-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2021006926A (en) Optical film, optical laminate, and flexible image display device
JP2021070764A (en) Optical film and flexible display device
JP2021075700A (en) Polyamideimide resin
TW202106823A (en) Varnish, optical film, and method for manufacturing optical film
JP6799182B2 (en) Optical film, flexible display device, and resin composition
JP7469087B2 (en) Optical film and flexible display device
TW202140627A (en) Optical film and flexible display device providing an optical film having excellent visibility in a wide-angle direction and having sufficient mechanical properties even in a low temperature environment
WO2021085404A1 (en) Optical laminate and flexible display device
JP2021075052A (en) Optical laminate and flexible display device
TW202030231A (en) Polyamide-imide-based resin, optical film and flexible display device
TW202302718A (en) Optical laminate and flexible display device
TW202035537A (en) Optical film, flexible display device and resin composition
TW202302719A (en) Optical laminate and flexible display device
JP7469088B2 (en) Optical film and flexible display device
KR102625083B1 (en) Optical film
CN113227205B (en) Polyimide resin and method for producing same
TW202126730A (en) Polyamide imide resin, optical film and flexible display device with excellent quality stability and suppressed temporal degradation of optical properties and mechanical properties
TW202248295A (en) Optical film
JP2021084941A (en) Optical film and flexible display device
TW202142408A (en) Optical film and flexible display device that comprises at least one resin selected from a group consisting of a polyimide resin and a polyamide resin and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more and a haze of 0.5% or less, and an in-plane phase difference RO of 40-300 nm
WO2021075395A1 (en) Optical film
TW202126728A (en) Optical film and flexible display device
WO2021085283A1 (en) Polyamideimide resin
WO2021075396A1 (en) Polyimide resin
WO2021085284A1 (en) Optical film and flexible display device